Cadillac ELR Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing … · Cadillac ELR Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada-9087644) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15 2 Introduction Introduction The names, logos,

Cadillac ELR Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada-9087644) -2016 - crc - 4/20/15

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 30

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 96

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 161

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 170

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 318

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 333

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 344

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,the CADILLAC Emblem, and ELRare trademarks and/or servicemarks of General Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Limited” forCadillac Motor Car Divisionwherever it appears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Propriétaires Canadiens

A French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesavant:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23137974 A First Printing ©2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the ownermanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

i / g : Audio Steering WheelControls or OnStar®

I : Brake System WarningLight

" : Charging System (12-VoltBattery)

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

f : Electric Parking Brake

d : Electronic StabilityControl (ESC)

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

y : Fault


4 Introduction

g : First Responder

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

_ : High Voltage

I : LATCH System ChildRestraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

g : StabiliTrak® Disable

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

i : Traction Control System (TCS)Disable

a : Under Pressure

9 : Vehicle Ready

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 13Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 18Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 18Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 20Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 20Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Universal Remote System . . . . . 21

Battery and EfficiencyHigh Voltage SafetyInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . 26Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 27Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 27Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel

Instrument Panel Overview


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 167.

2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 154.

Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 157.

3. Regen on Demand Paddles.See Regenerative Braking0 195.

4. Instrument Cluster 0 103.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Display. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 131.

5. Power Button 0 180.

6. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 98.

7. Hazard Warning Flashers0 157.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 219.

8. Charging Status Indicator(CSI). See Charging StatusFeedback 0 222.

9. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 156.

10. Infotainment 0 161.

11. Glove Box Button. See GloveBox 0 94.

Parking Assist Button. SeeDriver Assistance Systems0 210.

12. Heated Front Seats 0 56.

13. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 162.

14. Instrument Panel Storage 0 94(Out of View).

Wireless Charging 0 102 (Outof View) (Inside the InstrumentPanel Storage, If Equipped).

15. Shift Lever. See Electric DriveUnit 0 191.

16. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 196.

MODE Button. See DriverMode Control 0 198 (IfEquipped).

17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 97.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 131.

18. Horn 0 98.

19. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 97.

20. Cruise Control 0 200.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 202(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 213 (If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 97.

21. Hood Release. See Hood0 239.

22. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 112.

23. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 158.

24. Electric Parking Brake 0 193.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within range. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 31.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Press the key release button toextend the key. The key can beused for the trunk.

K : Press once to unlock the driverdoor. Press a second time withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start thevehicle’s heating or air conditioningsystems and rear window defogger

from outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote Start0 36.

L : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. Press and hold forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. Press again to cancel thepanic alarm.

i : Press and hold to releasethe trunk.

See Keys 0 30 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 31.

Remote StartUse remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. Normal operation of thesystem will return after the vehiclehas been turned on. Engine mayturn on during colder outsidetemperatures.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.


In Brief 9

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. After entering the vehicleduring a remote start, press thePOWER O button with thebrake pedal applied to operateas normal.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Press the POWER O button withthe brake pedal applied, thenpress the POWER O buttonagain to turn the vehicle off.

See Remote Start 0 36.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the doors from theoutside, press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 31.

For Keyless Access, the RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle sensor (1). Gripand press to open.

To lock or unlock the door from theinside, press the power door lockswitch (2).

To open the door press the doorlatch button (3). If the vehicle isstationary, the door latch buttonunlatches an unlocked door.

See Door Locks 0 38.

If the vehicle has lost battery power,the doors can be opened manually.See Power Door Locks 0 39.

Trunk Release

To open the trunk, the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).

. Press| on the driver door.


10 In Brief

. Press and holdi on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk above the licenseplate when all doors areunlocked.

For Keyless Access, the trunk canbe opened while the vehicle islocked by pressing the touch padabove the license plate when theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the rear of the vehicle. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 31.

Close the trunk by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down. See Trunk 0 41.

Windows

The driver power window switchescontrol all the windows. Thepassenger switch only controls thatwindow.

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull the switch to raise it.See Power Windows 0 47.

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 52.


In Brief 11

Lumbar Adjustment

Lumbar Support

To adjust the lumbar support:

. Press and hold the controlforward to increase or rearwardto decrease lumbar support.

. Press and hold the control up toraise or down to lower the heightof the lumbar support.

Seatback Bolster Support

If equipped, to adjust the bolstersupport:

. Press and hold the control up toincrease seatback bolstersupport.

. Press and hold the control downto decrease seatback bolstersupport.

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 52.

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 53.


12 In Brief

Easy Entry Seat

1. Seat Adjustment Switch2. Folding Seatback Handle

The front seats can be moved out ofthe way to make it easier to get inand out of the rear seat.

To fold the seatback, lift thehandle (2) on top of the seatback.The seatback will fold forward.

To move the seat forward, pressand hold the front of the switch (1)on the outboard side of the upperseatback. To move the seatrearward, press and hold the rear ofthe switch (1).

See Easy Entry Seat 0 51.

Memory Features

The SET, 1, 2, andB (Exit) buttonson the driver door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column.

Automatic Memory Recall and/orEasy Exit Recall features may beenabled in the PersonalizationMenus.

See Memory Seats 0 54 andVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Heated Seats

The buttons are near the climatecontrols on the center stack. Tooperate, the ignition must be inON/RUN.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for the


In Brief 13

lowest. If the heated seats are onhigh, the level may automatically belowered after approximately30 minutes.

See Heated Front Seats 0 56.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature.The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonson the center stack. Use the touchscreen button or the manual heatedseat buttons on the center stack toturn auto heated seats off.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat.

The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 143 andClimate Controls 0 17.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 50 andPower Seat Adjustment 0 52.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 58.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 59.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 60.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 83.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States


14 In Brief

Canada

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 70.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the overheadconsole when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 111.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

Mirrors can be folded inward towardthe vehicle to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

See Folding Mirrors 0 46.

To adjust a mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch tothe center position.

See Power Mirrors 0 45.

The rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors. SeeHeated Mirrors 0 46.

Interior

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.The mirror will automatically reducethe glare of headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started. SeeAutomatic Dimming Rearview Mirror0 46.

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.


In Brief 15

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats 0 54.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

There are front and rear domelamps in the overhead console andheadliner.

To change the dome lamp settings,press:

OFF : Turns the lamps off, evenwhen a door is open.

DOOR : The lamps come on whena door is opened.

ON : Turns the lamps on.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andthe headliner. These lamps come onwhen any door is opened. Tomanually turn the reading lamps onor off:

Front Reading Lamps

Rear Reading Lamps

Pressm orn next to eachreading lamp.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 158.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.


16 In Brief

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps.The knob returns to the AUTOposition after it is released. Turn toO again to reactivate the AUTOmode. In Canada, the headlampswill automatically reactivate whenthe electric drive unit is shifted outof P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 154and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 156.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, movethe lever to select the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Use this setting for intermittentwipes or Rainsense™, if equipped.For intermittent wipes, move thewindshield wiper lever to INT. Turnthex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes.

If equipped with Rainsense, movethe windshield wiper lever to INTand turn thex INT band to adjustthe sensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

To turn the Rainsense feature on oroff, see “Rainsense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

nL : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 98.


In Brief 17

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Defrost

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Air TemperatureDisplay


3. Fan Control

4. Climate Modes: MIN,ECO, MAX

5. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)


18 In Brief

7. Climate Power Gauge

8. Driver and Passenger AutoHeated Seats

9. Air Delivery Mode Controls

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 162.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the system onand off. A white cruise controlindicator appears in the instrumentcluster when cruise is turned on.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press the control up brieflyto resume to that speed or hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed. To increase speed by1 km/h or 1 mph, press +RES up tothe first detent. To increase speed to


In Brief 19

the next 5 km/h or 5 mph mark onthe speedometer, press +RES up tothe second detent.

SET− : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed. To decrease speedby 1 km/h or 1 mph, press SET−down to the first detent. To decreasespeed to the next 5 km/h or 5 mphmark on the speedometer, pressSET− down to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 200 orAdaptive Cruise Control 0 202 (ifequipped).

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y orz : Move SEL up or down togo to the previous or next selection.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)0 131.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemFCA may help avoid or reduce theharm caused by front-end crashes.FCA provides a green indicator,Vwhen a vehicle is detected ahead.This indicator displays amber if youfollow a vehicle much too closely.When approaching a vehicle aheadtoo quickly, FCA provides a flashingred alert on the windshield andrapidly beeps or pulses thedriver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 213.

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake the


20 In Brief

vehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 215.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)LDW may help avoid unintentionallane departures at speeds of56 km/h (35 mph) or greater. LDWuses a camera sensor to detect thelane markings. The LDW light, @, isgreen if a lane marking is detected.If the vehicle departs the lane, thelight will change to amber and flash.In addition, the driver seat will pulseor beeps will sound.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 219.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidly

approaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 216 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)0 217.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)RVC displays a view of the areabehind the vehicle on the centerstack display when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse).

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 210.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow displayedon the RVC screen to warn of trafficbehind your vehicle that may cross

your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.


Parking AssistFront and Rear Parking Assist(FRPA) uses sensors on the frontand rear bumper to assist withparking and avoiding objects.It operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph). FRPA may display awarning triangle on the Rear VisionCamera screen and a graphic onthe instrument cluster to provide thedistance to an object behind thevehicle. In addition, multiple beepsor seat pulses may occur if veryclose to an object.


Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.


In Brief 21

The vehicle has two accessorypower outlets:

. Inside the front center console.

. Inside the center console binbehind the shift lever.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

See Power Outlets 0 101.

Universal Remote System

This system provides a way toreplace up to three remote controltransmitters used to activate

devices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist with programmingthe Universal Remote system.

See Universal Remote System0 150.

Battery and Efficiency

High Voltage SafetyInformation

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.


22 In Brief

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

{ Warning

Damage to the high voltagebattery or high voltage systemcan create a risk of electric shock,overheating, or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from amoderate to severe crash, flood,fire, or other event, the vehicleshould be inspected as soon aspossible. Until the vehicle hasbeen inspected, store it outside atleast 15 m (50 ft) from anystructure or anything that canburn. Ventilate the vehicle byopening a window or a door.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Contact Customer Assistance assoon as possible to determinewhether an inspection is needed.See Customer Assistance Offices0 335.

See Battery - North America 0 255for important safety information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 69.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage batteryneeds service.

See Battery - North America 0 255.

ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain intemperature extremes for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. It is recommended that

the vehicle be plugged in whentemperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F)and above 32 °C (90 °F) tomaximize high voltage battery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately12.5 hours to charge the vehiclewith the 12 amp AC current settingor 18 hours using the default 8 ampAC current setting. When using a240-volt charging station, it will takeapproximately five hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature. At coldtemperatures, a higher powercharge station is recommended toavoid extended charge times.

There are three ways to programhow the vehicle is charged. SeeProgrammable Charging 0 121.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.


In Brief 23

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle isparked and turned off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. Remove ice from thearea before attempting to openor close the charge port door.

3. Open the trunk, lift the left loadsupport floor cover, andremove the charge cord. Pullup on the charge cord handleto release. The vehicle plug isstored as shown.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging 0 228. Verify thecharge cord status. See thecharge cord user guide. SeeCharge Cord 0 226. Select theappropriate charge level usingthe Select Charge LevelPreference screen on the

center stack. See “ChargeLimit Selection” underProgrammable Charging 0 121.

5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the chargeport on the vehicle. Verify thatthe charging status indicatorsilluminate on top of theinstrument panel and outsidemirror and a horn chirp occurs.See Charging Status Feedback0 222.


24 In Brief

Charge Cord Theft Alert

This vehicle has a Charge CordTheft Alert. To enable this feature,see "Charge Cord Theft Alert" inVehicle Personalization 0 143. Thesystem can be armed and disarmedusing the door lock function on theRKE transmitter.

End Charge

1. If armed, unlock the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter todisarm the charge cord theftalert.

2. Disconnect the vehicle plug ofthe charge cord from thevehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord fromthe electrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

Charge Cord

See Radio Frequency Statement0 343.

A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored under the loadsupport floor covering in the trunk.

Important Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging

. Charging an electric vehicle canstress a building’s electricalsystem more than a typicalhousehold appliance.

. Before you plug in to anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.

. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweather-proof while in use.

. Mount the charging cord toreduce strain on the electricaloutlet/plug.

{ Warning

Improper use of portable electricvehicle charge cords may causea fire, electrical shock, or burns,and may result in damage toproperty, serious injury, or death.

(Continued)


In Brief 25

Warning (Continued)

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips,splitters, groundingadaptors, surge protectors,or similar devices.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is worn ordamaged, or one that willnot hold the plug firmly inplace.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is not properlygrounded.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is on a circuit withother electrical loads.

See the charge cord user guide.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

See “Charge Cord Status Indicators”in the charge cord user guide.

Charge Level Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Limit Preferencescreen. See “Charge LimitSelection” under ProgrammableCharging 0 121.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.

FuelingThe fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button onthe driver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fueldoor on the passenger side will


26 In Brief

unlock. To open the fuel door,push and release the rearwardcenter edge of the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door.Complete refueling within30 minutes of pressing the fueldoor button on the driver door.If refueling after more than30 minutes, press the fuel doorbutton again.

4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise untilit clicks. Close the fuel door.

See Filling the Tank 0 230.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electricalenergy. This energy is then stored inthe high voltage battery system,contributing to increased energyefficiency.

Regen on Demand®

This feature will slow the vehicle byrecapturing energy using thesteering wheel paddles.

See Regenerative Braking 0 195.

Service

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage components. Youcan be injured and the vehiclecan be damaged if you try to doyour own service work. Serviceand repair of these high voltagecomponents should only beperformed by a trained servicetechnician with the properknowledge and tools. See DoingYour Own Service Work 0 238.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

StabiliTrak assists with directionalcontrol of the vehicle in difficultdriving conditions. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

. To turn off TCS, press andreleaseY on the center

console. i comes on in theinstrument cluster. Theappropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 140.

. PressY again to turn tractioncontrol back on.


In Brief 27

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and holdYon the center console until gand i come on and stay on inthe instrument cluster. Theappropriate DIC messagedisplays. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 140.

. Press and releaseY again toturn on both systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 196.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,

stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 280.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.

The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Display RESET OIL LIFE onthe DIC menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 131.

2. Press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 244.

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency andrange.

In colder temperatures, while theseefficiency tips will help, the electricvehicle driving range may be lowerdue to higher energy usage.


28 In Brief

Driving Style

Efficiency Gauge (InstrumentCluster)

The leaf indicator or green ringindicator should be kept green andin the center of the gauge.

Inefficient acceleration is indicatedwhen the ring turns yellow or theleaf turns yellow and travels abovethe center of the gauge.

Aggressive braking is indicatedwhen the ring turns yellow or theleaf turns yellow and travels belowthe center of the gauge.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid unnecessary rapidaccelerations and decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at80 km/h (50 mph) and below. Higherspeeds use more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Use cruise control whenappropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations andcoast whenever possible. Forexample, do not rush to trafficsignals.

Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.The vehicle recovers energy whilecoasting and braking in D (Drive)or L (Low).

Drive Mode and PRNDL Selection

Use Tour Mode when possible.

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration than TourMode, but can reduce efficiency.The engine will start with SportMode to provide additionalacceleration, even if the battery ischarged.

Use Mountain Mode prior toclimbing long, steep grades inmountainous areas. Be sure toengage Mountain Mode 20 minutesbefore starting to climb. MountainMode reduces electric range andpower, but may be needed tomaintain speeds above 96 km/h(60 mph) when climbing grades of5% or greater.

Use Hold Mode on a trip where allor most of the electric charge will bedepleted. Use Hold Mode mainlyduring highway or high-speeddriving to maximize both electricvehicle miles and fuel efficiency.

Use L (Low) in heavy stop-and-gotraffic or when traveling downhill.L (Low) requires less brake pedalapplication and provides acontrolled, efficient way to slow thevehicle down.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energyavailable for electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency isachieved with the heat, airconditioning, and fan turned off.

Less energy is used at low fanspeeds. When using the fan:

. MIN is the most energy efficientclimate setting as long as0 isnot selected.


In Brief 29

. ECO is for moderate airconditioning and heateroperation and is the next mostenergy efficient setting as longas0 is not selected.

. MAX mode provides the mostcomfort but is the least energyefficient.

Use the auto heated seat featureinstead of climate settings. Heatingthe seat uses less energy thanheating the vehicle interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. Engine Assisted Heatingwhile plugged in can bepersonalized. See “Engine AssistedHeating Plugged-In” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

In hot weather, avoid parking indirect sunlight or use sunshadesinside the vehicle.

Turn off the front and rear windowdefog/defrost when they are nolonger needed.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 143.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for thenext drive. This is important whenoutside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properlyinflated and the vehicle properlyaligned.

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

If fuel is not regularly used, considerkeeping the fuel tank only one-thirdfull. Excess fuel weight impactsefficiency and range.

For fuel recommendations, see Fuel0 229.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used forfunctions other than propelling thevehicle will reduce electric vehiclerange.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-888-811-1926

Canada: 1-800-882-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

New vehicles are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside Serviceprogram.

See Roadside Service 0 336.


30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 40Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 43Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 44

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 46Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.

The key that is part of the RKEtransmitter can be used for thetrunk.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Contact Roadside Service if lockedout of the vehicle. See RoadsideService 0 336.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 347.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 343.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within range. See“Keyless Access Operation”following.

The RKE transmitter functions maywork up to 60 m (197 ft) away fromthe vehicle.

Other conditions, such as thosepreviously stated, can impact theperformance of the transmitter.



K (Unlock) : Press once to unlockthe driver door. Press a second timewithin five seconds to unlock alldoors.

The hazard warning lamps will flashtwice each time the button ispressed and the alarm system willbe disarmed. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 43.

Pressing and holding K will open allof the vehicle's windows. See PowerWindows 0 47. This feature can bedisabled by a dealer technician.

Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors.The hazard warning lamps will flashonce and the alarm system will bearmed. See Vehicle Alarm System0 43.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock and then thedriver door will unlock if theUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featureis enabled through vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143. This mayvary based on vehiclepersonalization.

L (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm) : Press and release toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times. Press and hold forthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for 30 seconds.Press again to cancel the panicalarm.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : Pressand release Q and then immediately

press and hold/ for at leastfour seconds to start the vehiclefrom outside using the RKEtransmitter. See Remote Start 0 36.

i (Remote Trunk Release) :Press and hold to release the trunk.

Keyless Access Operation

The vehicle has the Keyless Accesssystem that lets you unlock andunlatch the doors and access thetrunk without removing the RKEtransmitter from your pocket, purse,briefcase etc. The RKE transmittermust be within 1m (3 ft) of the doorbeing opened. There is a touch padon the inside of the door handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first touch pad press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Keyless Unlocking from theDriver Door

When the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the driver door handle,pressing the touch pad button onthe driver door handle will unlockand open the driver door. See DoorLocks 0 38.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically unlock all doors, seeVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Keyless Unlocking from thePassenger Door

Press the door touch pad to unlockall doors and open the passengerdoor if the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft).

Passive Locking

This feature will lock the vehicleseveral seconds after all doors areclosed if the vehicle is off and at



least one transmitter has beenremoved or none remain in thevehicle.

To customize whether the doorsautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see Vehicle Personalization0 143.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

Temporarily Disable PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the touch pad to open if theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)and the doors are locked. If thedoors are unlocked, the transmitteris not required to open the trunk.

Keyed Access

To access a vehicle with a deadtransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 38.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Each vehicle can haveup to eight transmitters programmedto it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.

1. The vehicle must be off andboth the recognized and newtransmitters must be with you.

2. Remove the key base from therecognized RKE transmitter.

3. Place the recognizedtransmitter in the cupholder.

4. Insert the vehicle key into thekey cylinder above the licenseplate.



5. Open the trunk.

6. Turn the key counterclockwisefive times within 10 seconds.

7. The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE KEY 3 or 4, up to 8.

8. Remove the rubber liner toaccess the pocket. Place thenew transmitter, button sidedown, on the indent in thecenter console storage area.

9. Press POWER O.10. The DIC displays READY FOR

REMOTE KEY 4 or 5, up to 8.

11. Press Q or K on each newlyprogrammed transmitter tocomplete the process.

12. To program additionaltransmitters, repeatSteps 8–11.

Return the key base back intothe RKE transmitter.

13. Press and hold POWER O forat least 12 seconds to exitprogramming.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter

If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to eighttransmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutesto complete. The vehicle must be offand all transmitters to beprogrammed must be present.

1. Remove the key from thetransmitter and insert thevehicle key into the keycylinder above the licenseplate.

2. Open the trunk.

3. Turn the key counterclockwisefive times within 10 seconds.

The DIC message displaysREMOTE LEARN PENDINGPLEASE WAIT.

4. Return the key base back intothe RKE transmitter.



5. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARN,then press POWER O.The DIC reads REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

6. Repeat Step 5 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps. The DIC displayshould now show READY FORREMOTE #1.

7. Remove the rubber liner toaccess the pocket. Place thenew transmitter, button sidedown, on the indent in thecenter console storage area.

8. Press POWER O. When thetransmitter is learned, the DICdisplay will show that it is readyto program the new transmitter.

9. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress Q or K on thetransmitter.

10. To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 7–9.

11. When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold POWER O forapproximately 12 seconds toexit programming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

When you try to start the vehicle,if the transmitter battery is weak,or if there is interference with thesignal, the DIC may display NOREMOTE DETECTED or NO

REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTEDPLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTERPOCKET THEN START YOURVEHICLE. See Key and LockMessages 0 137.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center consolestorage area and thestorage tray.

2. Place the transmitter, buttonside down, into the transmitterindent.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and POWER O.



Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

1. Press the button near thebottom of the transmitter andpull the key out.

2. Use the oval base of the keyblade to separate the twohalves of the transmitter.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the key release buttonand snap the transmitter backtogether.

Remote StartThis feature starts the heating or airconditioning systems and rearwindow defogger from outside thevehicle. Use remote start to heat orcool the interior when the vehicle isplugged in to maximize the electricrange by utilizing electricity from theelectrical outlet. Normal operation ofthe system will return after thevehicle has been turned on.

/ (Remote Start) : This button ison the RKE transmitter.

During remote start:

. The climate control system willtypically default to the lastclimate setting. If the fan is off orif MIN was selected, the airconditioning or heat will turn onas needed. See Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 162.

. If the heated seats have beenenabled through vehiclepersonalization, the heatedseats will turn on during colder



outside temperatures. See“Remote Start Auto HeatedSeats” under Heated FrontSeats 0 56 and “Remote StartAuto Heat Seats” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

. The rear defogger will turn onduring colder outsidetemperatures.

. The engine may turn on duringcolder outside temperatures.

. Selecting1 during colderoutside temperatures beforeshutting the vehicle off will helpwindshield clearing.

. Shutting the vehicle off in ECOMode without1 selected willminimize the impact to electricrange. Shutting the vehicle off inother modes will maximizeheating or air conditioning.

. Use remote start to heat or coolthe interior when the vehicle isplugged in to maximize theelectric range by utilizingelectricity from the electrical

outlet. See “Engine AssistedHeating Plugged-In” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.

. Vehicle range may decrease ifthe vehicle is not plugged intoan electrical outlet. If the vehicleis plugged in, much of theenergy needed to support thisfeature will be provided from theelectrical outlet, not from thehigh voltage battery.

Laws in some communities mayrestrict the use of features thatremotely start the engine. Forexample, some laws may require aperson using the remote startfeature to have the vehicle in viewwhen doing so. Check localregulations for any requirements onremote starting of vehicles.

The RKE transmitter range may beshorter while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 31.

Starting the Vehicle

To heat or cool the passengercompartment using remote start:

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter; the doorswill lock.

2. Immediately press and hold /until the turn signal lampsflash, or for at leastfour seconds. Pressing/again during a remote start willturn the feature off.

Remote start will automatically shutoff after 10 minutes unless a timeextension is done.

While the remote start is active, theparking lamps will turn on andremain on.

After entering the vehicle during aremote start, press the POWER Obutton on the center stack with thebrake pedal applied to operate asnormal.



The remote start can be initiatedtwo separate times between driving.For each remote start, thepassenger compartment will beheated or cooled for 10 minutes.

Extending Vehicle Run Time

The vehicle run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested,30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN and then backto OFF before the remote startprocedure can be used again.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Press the POWER O button onthe center stack, with the brakepedal applied, then pressPOWER O again to turn thevehicle off.

Conditions in Which RemoteStart May Not Work

Conditions in which a remote startmay not occur include:

. An open hood.

. The RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. Vehicle propulsion system faultconditions, including anemission control systemmalfunction.

. High voltage battery faultconditions.

A remote start or extension will notoccur if the fuel level is low.

During a remote start, conditions inwhich a remote start may becanceled include:

. Vehicle propulsion system orhigh voltage battery faultconditions.

. Low engine oil pressure.

. Engine coolant temperature thatis too high.

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The chanceof being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, all

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stoppingthe vehicle. Lock the doorsto help prevent this fromhappening.

To lock or unlock the doors from theoutside press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter.

For Keyless Access, the RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle sensor (1). Gripand press to open.

To lock or unlock the doors from theinside, press Q or K on the powerdoor lock switch (2).

To open the door, press the doorlatch button (3). If the vehicle isstationary, the door latch buttonunlatches an unlocked door.

See “Keyless Access Operation” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 31.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Loss of Vehicle ElectricalPower

If the vehicle has lost battery power,open the doors manually.



From inside the vehicle, pull thedriver door manual release lever.

From inside the vehicle, pull thepassenger door manual releaselever.

From outside the vehicle, use theRKE transmitter key to open thetrunk. The key cylinder is above thelicense plate. Open the trunk andpull the driver door manual releaselever.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch or

press Q on the RKE transmitter tolock the doors immediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the vehicle into P (Park).



Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN and thepower door lock switch is pressedwith the driver door open, all thedoors will lock and only the driverdoor will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalization menus. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate or trunk/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 190.

Trunk Release

To open the trunk the vehicle mustbe off or the shift lever must be inP (Park).

. Press| on the driver door.

. Press and holdi on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the trunk above the licenseplate when all doors areunlocked.

The trunk can be opened while thevehicle is locked by pressing thetouch pad above the license platewhile the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.See “Keyless Access Operation” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 31.

Close the trunk by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.



There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

After use, return to the storedposition.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the trunk and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm. Pressing Q onthe RKE transmitter a secondtime will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm thealarm system.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If the charge cord theft alert isenabled, the alarm will also beactivated when there is an attemptto remove the charge cord, or if apassenger door, the trunk, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

The Charge Cord Theft Alert featuremay be disabled through the vehiclepersonalization. See “Charge CordTheft Alert” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.



Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lights flash three times, aprevious alarm occurred while thesystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages 0 141.

Power Sounder and InclinationSensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features,if equipped, this system may alsohave a power sounder andinclination sensor.

The power sounder provides anaudible alarm which is distinct fromthe vehicle’s horn. It has its ownpower source, and can sound analarm when the vehicle’s battery iscompromised.

The inclination sensor can set offthe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 343.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system. The systemdoes not have to be manuallyarmed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with a valid RKE transmitterin the vehicle. The RKE transmitteruses electronic coding that matchesan immobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only a correcttransmitter can be used to turn thevehicle on.

The security light comes on if thereis a problem with arming ordisarming the theft-deterrentsystem.

This light comes on briefly when thevehicle is turned on. There is aproblem if the engine does not startand this light stays on.

Turn the ignition off and try again.



If the engine still does not start, andthe RKE transmitter appearsundamaged, try the other RKEtransmitter for the vehicle, or placethe RKE transmitter in thetransmitter slot. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 31. It may be necessaryto check the fuse. See ElectricalSystem Overload 0 261. If thevehicle does start, the firsttransmitter is bad or if the vehiclestill does not start the vehicle needsservice. See your dealer.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates the vehicletheft system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

To adjust a mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch tothe center position.



If equipped, the vehicle may havememory mirrors. See Memory Seats0 54.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated MirrorsThe heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on when the rear windowdefogger is on.

1 (Rear Window Defogger) :Press to heat the mirror.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 162.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with the memorypackage, the passenger and/ordriver mirror tilts to a preselectedposition when the vehicle is inR (Reverse). This feature allows thedriver to view the curb when parallelparking. The mirror(s) return to theoriginal position when the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse), theignition is turned off, or if the vehicleis driven in (R) Reverse above apredetermined speed.

Turn this feature on or off throughvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe rearview mirror automaticallydims to reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thisfeature comes on when the vehicleis started.



Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous for manyreasons; children or others couldbe badly injured or even killed.They could operate the powerwindows or other controls or evenmake the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with theRKE transmitter in the vehicleand they could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Do notleave the RKE transmitter in avehicle with children.

The power window switches are onthe driver door. The passenger dooralso has a window switch for onlythat window.

Press the switch to open thewindow. Pull the switch to close it.

The power windows work when thevehicle is on, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 183.

Express-Down/Up Windows

Windows with an express-down orup feature allow the window to belowered or raised without holdingthe switch.



Pull a window switch up or press itdown all the way, release it, and thewindow goes up or downautomatically. Stop the window bypressing or pulling the switch.

Express Window Anti-PinchFeature

If any object is in the path of thewindow when the express-up isactive, the window will stop at theobstruction and auto-reverse to apreset factory position. Weatherconditions such as severe icing mayalso cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will returnto normal operation once theobstruction or condition is removed.

Express Window Anti-PinchOverride

In an emergency, the anti-pinchfeature can be overridden in asupervised mode. Hold the windowswitch all the way up to the secondposition. The window will rise for aslong as the switch is held. Once theswitch is released, the expressmode is reactivated.

In this mode, the window can stillclose on an object in its path. Usecare when using the override mode.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming the power windowsmay be necessary if the 12-voltbattery has been disconnected ordischarged.

To program the window:

1. Close all doors with the vehicleon, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) isactive. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 183.

2. Pull the window switch tocompletely close the window.Continue to hold the windowswitch two seconds after thewindow is closed.

3. Repeat for each window.

Remote Window Operation

The vehicle may have remoteoperating windows that will open allthe windows from outside the

vehicle by pressing and holding Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

This feature can be disabled by adealer technician.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.


Seats and Restraints 49

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Front SeatsEasy Entry Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 52Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . 53Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 53Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 63Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 63Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 66When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Passenger Sensing System . . . 70Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 75

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 76Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Infants and Young Children . . . . 78Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 80Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 82Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 83

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Securing Child Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91


50 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint, and pull up orpush the head restraint down andrelease the button. Pull and push on

the head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

To adjust the head restraint forwardand rearward, press the buttonlocated on the side facing of thehead restraint and move it forwardor rearward until the desired lockingposition is reached. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveheadrests in the outboard seatingpositions that cannot be adjusted.

The rear outboard headrests are notremovable.

Front Seats

Easy Entry Seat

1. Seat Adjustment Switch2. Folding Seatback Handle

The front seats can be moved out ofthe way to make it easier to get inand out of the rear seat.

To fold the seatback, lift thehandle (2) on top of the seatback.The seatback will fold forward.

To move the seat forward, pressand hold the front of the switch (1)on the outboard side of the upperseatback. To move the seat

rearward, press and hold the rear ofthe switch (1). Release theswitch (1) when the seat reachesthe desired position.

After entering or exiting the rearseat, return the seatback to theupright position. Lift the seatbackand push it rearward until it locksinto place. Push and pull on theseatback to make sure it is locked.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.



Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

The seat can also be adjustedforward or rearward using theswitch on the outboard side ofthe upper seatback. See EasyEntry Seat 0 51.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 53.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 52.

Some vehicles are equipped with afeature that activates a vibratingpulse alert in the driver seat to helpthe driver avoid crashes. See DriverAssistance Systems 0 210.

Lumbar Adjustment

Lumbar Support

To adjust the lumbar support:

. Press and hold the controlforward to increase or rearwardto decrease lumbar support.

. Press and hold the control up toraise or down to lower the heightof the lumbar support.



Seatback Bolster Support

If equipped, to adjust the bolstersupport:

. Press and hold the control up toincrease seatback bolstersupport.

. Press and hold the control downto decrease seatback bolstersupport.

The seatback bolster support controlis also used to recline and raise theseatback. See Reclining Seatbacks0 53.

Thigh SupportAdjustment

If equipped, adjust the manual legextension by pulling up on the lever,and then pulling or pushing on thesupport to lengthen or shorten it.Release the lever to lock it in place.

Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

The reclining seatback control isalso used to adjust the seatbackbolster support. See LumbarAdjustment 0 52.



{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Memory Seats

The SET, 1, 2, andB (Exit) buttonson the driver door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column.

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2buttons:

1. Ignition must be in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Adjust the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and the power tilt andtelescoping steering column tothe desired driving positions.

3. Press and release SET. A beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold 1until two beeps sound.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 2.

To store exit positions and easy exitfeatures to theB (Exit) button,

repeat Steps 1–4 usingB to storeyour positions for getting out of thevehicle.



Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB tomanually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Releasing1, 2, orB (Exit) before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions (Auto Memory Recall)

If programmed in the vehiclepersonalization menu, Auto(Automatic) Memory Recall featureautomatically recalls the currentdriver’s previously stored 1 or 2position when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY.

See Auto Memory Recall under theComfort and Convenience menu inVehicle Personalization 0 143.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls; or press thepower tilt and telescoping steeringcolumn control. Placing the ignitionin OFF also stops the recall.

If the vehicles driver has changed,in some vehicles the Driver ID maybe displayed for the first few ignitioncycles.

RKE transmitters are not labeledwith a number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2 but thisposition is not automaticallyrecalling, then change the storedposition or switch RKE transmitterswith the other driver.

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, the easy exitfeature automatically recalls thepreviously storedB (Exit) positionswhen leaving the vehicle. See alsoVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Easy exit recall automaticallyactivates when one of the followingoccurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, driver seat, outsidemirror, or power tilt and telescopingsteering column controls.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power tilt andtelescoping steering column whilerecalling a memory position, therecall may stop. Remove theobstruction. Then do one of thefollowing:

. If manually or automaticallyrecalling the position, press andhold the appropriate manualcontrol for the memory item thatis not recalling for two seconds.Try recalling again by pressingthe appropriate memory button.

. If recalling the exit position,press and hold the appropriatemanual control for two seconds.Then try recalling the exitposition again.

If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.



Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

The buttons are near the climatecontrols on the center stack. Tooperate, the ignition must be inON/RUN.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the heated seats are on

high, the level may automatically belowered after approximately30 minutes.

When this feature is off, the heatedseat symbol on the button is white.When the heated seat is turned on,the symbol turns red.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonson the center stack. Use the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat. The autoheated seats feature can beprogrammed to always be enabledwhen the vehicle is on.



The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theyare enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 143.

Remote Start Auto Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heatedseats can be turned onautomatically during a remote start.They are canceled when the ignitionis turned on. Press the button to usethe heated seats after the vehicle isstarted.

The heated seat indicator lights donot turn on during a remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theyare enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu. See VehiclePersonalization 0 143 and RemoteStart 0 36.

Rear SeatsFolding the Seatback

Either seatback can be folded formore cargo space. Fold a seatbackonly when the vehicle is not moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold a seatback:

1. Pull the tab on the outboardside of the seatback to releasethe seatback.

2. Fold the seatback forward.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to foldthe other seatback, if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could cause

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

injury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback and push itrearward to lock it in place.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it islocked.

3. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 109.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 76 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 78. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.



The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSafety Belt Extender 0 63.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.



To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and thenrelease it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

The front passenger safety belt isequipped with an adjustable latchplate stop. The feature allows theuser to position the latch plate onthe belt to prevent contact with theadjacent door trim and to ensure thesafety belt is out of the way whenclosing the door. If the latch platecontacts the door trim when the belt

is returned to its stowed position,slide the adjustable latch plate stopto a higher position.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and possibly otherparts of the safety belt system willneed to be replaced. See ReplacingSafety Belt System Parts after aCrash 0 64.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfortfor older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on ashoulder belt, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child seats. Towear it, attach it to the regular safetybelt. For more information, see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayed

safety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 109.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 63.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.



Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 110.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.



For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 67.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 76 orInfants and Young Children 0 78.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 110 for more information.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and frontoutboard passenger are in the sideof the seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 64.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.



It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes depending

on the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 66.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.



Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 67.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components of

the airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 66.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh air

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

by opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps, turn on thehazard warning flashers, and shutoff the fuel system after the airbagsinflate. The feature may alsoactivate, without airbag inflation,after an event that exceeds apredetermined threshold. You canlock the doors, turn off the interiorlamps, and turn off the hazardwarning flashers by using thecontrols for those features.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions in

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

If an airbag inflates or the vehiclehas been in a crash, the sensingsystem may shut down the highvoltage system. When this occurs,the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 345and Event Data Recorders0 345.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean that

an airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States



Canada

The words ON and OFF or thesymbol for on and off will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol foron and off will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 111.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the front

outboard passenger frontal airbagand passenger knee airbag shouldbe allowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in a correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children age12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriously

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.



The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag andpassenger knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand passenger knee airbag, the offindicator will light and stay lit toremind you that the airbags are off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 111.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand passenger knee airbag anytime

the system senses that a person ofadult size is sitting properly in thefront outboard passenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags tobe enabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and passenger kneeairbag, depending upon theperson’s seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To help

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

avoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 110 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is presentin a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the onindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.



4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints(Rear Seat) 0 89 or SecuringChild Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) 0 91.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 50.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off theairbags for a child in a childrestraint depending upon the

child's size. It is better tosecure a child restraint in arear seat.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and passenger knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers. Also removelaptops, or other electronicdevices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk of

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

serious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or other

aftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:

. The passenger sensing systemmay turn off the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag when liquid issoaked into the seat. If thishappens, the off indicator will belit, and the airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag while achild restraint or child occupantis on the seat. If the passenger

frontal airbag and passengerknee airbag are turned on, theon indicator will be lit.

If the front passenger seat gets wet,dry the seat immediately. If theairbag readiness light is lit, do notinstall a child restraint or allowanyone to occupy the seat. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 110 forimportant safety information.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.



Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 342.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the 12‐volt battery is disconnected, anairbag can still inflate duringimproper service. You can beinjured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbagsystem. Be sure to follow properservice procedures, and makesure the person performing workfor you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal, may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing anyparts of the front seats, safety belts,the airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, any of the airbag modules,ceiling or pillar garnish trim,overhead console, front sensors,side impact sensors, or airbagwiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seat

trim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 70.

The vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags. See Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 287.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any other



reason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Offices0 335.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 110.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 66. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may notprotect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 110.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.



The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide, if available.See “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 60. If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 60.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.



{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safety

restraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.



Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in four basictypes. Selection of a particularrestraint should take intoconsideration not only the child'sweight, height, and age but alsowhether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motorvehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle. If it is, the



restraint will have a label sayingthat it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturerinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.



Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.

Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the child

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 83. Children canbe endangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions are



important, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 70 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if the

child restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCH

attachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure the



child restraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.



Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. Besure to read and follow theinstructions for the child restraint. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

H (Lower Anchor) : Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

Lift the flap below the label toaccess the anchors.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover.



Top Tether Anchors

The top tether anchors for outboardrear seating positions are under thecovers, behind the rear seat, on thefiller panel. Be sure to use ananchor on the same side of thevehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 82 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors or withthe safety belt, the child restraintwill not be able to protect the childcorrectly. In a crash, the childcould be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safetybelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

wrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the empty rear seatwith a safety belt buckled. Thiscould damage the safety belt orthe seat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 82.

This system is designed to makethe installation of child restraintseasier. When using lower anchors,do not use the vehicle's safety belts.Instead, use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the child

restraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

When installing arear-facing child restraint,it may be necessary tomove the front seatforward to properly installthe child restraint per thechild restraintmanufacturer guidelines.See Power SeatAdjustment 0 52.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the top



tether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

Open the top tetheranchor cover to exposethe anchor.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If you are using a singletether in the rear outboardseating position, route thetether over the headrest.

If you are using a dualtether in the rear outboardseating position, route thetether around theheadrest.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)of movement for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.



Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 83 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint is securedin the vehicle using a safety beltand it uses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 83 for top tetheranchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint. Secure the child in thechild restraint when and as theinstructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 82.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

When installing a rear-facingchild restraint, it may benecessary to move the frontseat forward to properly installthe child restraint per the childrestraint manufacturerinstructions. See Power SeatAdjustment 0 52.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.





4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 83 for moreinformation.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.



Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 82.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 70 and Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 111 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as far

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

back as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 70 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 83 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.



When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat rearward as farback as it will go and raise theseat upward as far up as it willgo, before securing theforward-facing child restraint.See Power Seat Adjustment0 52. Make sure the seatbackis in the upright position. SeeReclining Seatbacks 0 53.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passengerairbag status indicator shouldlight and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 111.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.





5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint ” under PassengerSensing System 0 70.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.Make sure the adjustable latch platestop is in a position where it sitsabove the door trim, when the belt isreturned to its stowed position.


94 Storage

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 94Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 94Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 95

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system panel until the doorautomatically starts to open. Thereis a USB port inside. See theinfotainment manual.

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system again until the doorautomatically starts to close.

Keep the storage area door closedwhile driving.

The storage area may be equippedwith wireless charging. SeeWireless Charging 0 102.

Glove Box


Storage 95

To open, press the button. Close theglove box manually.

Cupholders

The cupholders have a powerretractable cover. Push the handleforward to express open. Pull thehandle rearward to express close.

The power cover will operate whenthe vehicle is in ACC, RUN,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)mode. The cover can be opened orclosed manually by pushing orpulling the handle. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 183.

If any object is in the path of thepower cover when it is active, thecover will stop at the obstructionand auto-reverse to a presetposition. The cover will return tonormal operation after theobstruction is removed.

Push the handle to uncover the rearcupholders.

Center Console Storage

There is a storage area in front ofthe armrest. Press to release thecover.

Press the button on the driver sideof the armrest to access the storagearea under it. Depending on theoptions, there may be two USBports and an auxiliary jack inside.


96 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 97Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 97Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 97Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . . . 98Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 98Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Battery Gauge (HighVoltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . 108Power Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . 108Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 109

Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 110Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Charging System Light (12-VoltBattery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 112

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 115Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 116Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 117Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 117Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 118Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . 118High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 118Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 119

Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 119Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Information DisplaysCenter Stack Display . . . . . . . . . 120Power Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Programmable Charging . . . . . . 121Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . 130Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Battery and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Brake System Messages . . . . . 134Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 134Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 135Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 135Drive Mode Messages . . . . . . . . 136Electric Drive UnitMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 136Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 137Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 137Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138


Instruments and Controls 97

Propulsion PowerMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Airbag System Messages . . . . 141Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 141Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 141Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 142Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 143Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 143

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 150Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

Press the control to move the tiltand telescoping steering wheel upand down or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats 0 54.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( (Heated Steering Wheel) : Pressto turn the heated steering wheel onor off. A light next to the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.



Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

The pedestrian safety signalprovides a momentary soft-notehorn sound. See Pedestrian SafetySignal 0 98.

Pedestrian Safety SignalYour vehicle is equipped with anautomatic sound generation and amanual alert.

The automatic sound is generatedto indicate the vehicle’s presence topedestrians. The sound changes ifthe vehicle is speeding up orslowing down. It is activated whenthe vehicle is shifted into a forwardgear or R (Reverse), up to 30 km/h(19 mph).

An alert can also be soundedmanually while driving, such as inparking lots. Use this feature to alertpeople who may not hear yourvehicle approaching.

At speeds less than 64 km/h(40 mph), to manually sound thepedestrian safety signal:

1. Pull the turn signal lever all theway toward you momentarily.See Exterior Lamp Controls0 154 and Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 156. Thehigh-beam headlamps andindicator light will turn on, anda soft-note alert willmomentarily sound. When theturn signal lever is released,the high-beam headlamps andindicator light will turn off.

2. Repeat for additionalactivations of the pedestriansafety signal.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, movethe windshield wiper lever to selectthe wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT (Intermittent Wipes/RainsenseWipe Sensitivity Control) : Movethe windshield wiper lever to INT.Turn thex INT band on the wiperlever to adjust the sensitivity. To turnthe Rainsense feature on or off, see“Rainsense Wipers” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

When Rainsense is turned off, movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes.



If the windshield wipers are in usefor about six seconds while driving,the exterior lamps come onautomatically if the exterior lampcontrol is in AUTO. The transitiontime for the lamps coming on variesbased on wiper speed. See “LightsOn with Wipers” under AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 156.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, brieflymove the wiper lever down. Forseveral wipes, hold the wiperlever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 258.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing or Rainsense,the wipers continue to run until theyreach the base of the windshield.

The wiper arms can be movedmanually when the ignition is off forreplacing or cleaning under theblades. The wiper arms will return totheir normal position when theignition is turned on.

Rainsense™

With Rainsense, a sensor near thetop center of the windshield detectsthe amount of water on thewindshield and controls thefrequency of the windshield wiper.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

INT (Intermittent Wipes/RainsenseWipe Sensitivity Control) : Movethe windshield wiper lever to INT.Turn thex INT band on the wiperlever to adjust the sensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

This feature can be turned on or off,see “Rainsense Wipers” underVehicle Personalization 0 143

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers.



With Rainsense, if the electric driveunit is in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the electric drive unitis no longer in N (Neutral) or thevehicle speed has increased.

nL(Windshield Washer) : Pull thewindshield wiper lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers. The wipers willcontinue until the lever is releasedor the maximum wash time isreached. When the windshield wiperlever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 252for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

CompassThe compass displays in the centerstack. The compass receives itsheading and other information fromthe Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna,StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again.

See Compass Messages 0 134 forthe messages that may bedisplayed for the compass.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See “Home Page” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Clock

Time

To set the time:

1. From the Home Page, touchthe SETTINGS screen button,then touch Time and Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touch +or − to increase or decreasehours or minutes, and changeAM or PM.

3. Touch 12-24Hr for a 12 or24 hour clock.

4. Touch [ Back to go back to theprevious menu.



Date

To set the date:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton and touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Date and touch + or− to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.


Auto Set

When on, the time and date willautomatically update.

To set auto set:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton, then touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Set Time or Set Date.

3. Touch Auto Set, then selectOn-Cell Network or Off-Manualto manually set the timeand date.


If auto set is on, the time displayedon the clock may not updateimmediately when driving into a newtime zone.

Clock Display

When on, the digital clock willdisplay on the infotainment screen.

To set the clock display:

1. Touch the SETTINGS screenbutton and touch Timeand Date.

2. Touch Clock Display, thenselect Off or On.


Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has two accessorypower outlets:

. Inside the front center console.

. Inside the center console binbehind the shift lever.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 233.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Always unplug electrical equipmentwhen not in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds themaximum 15 amps.



Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have wirelesscharging in the storage behind theclimate control system. SeeInstrument Panel Storage 0 94. Thesystem wirelessly charges one PMAor Qi compatible mobile device. Tocheck for phone or other devicecompatibility, seewww.gmtotalconnect.com.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). Thewireless charging feature may notcorrectly indicate charging when thevehicle is in RAP. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 183.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

{ Warning

Remove all metal objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour mobile device. Metal objects,such as coins, keys, rings,or paper clips, between the phoneand charging pad will becomevery hot. On the rare occasionthat the charging system does notdetect a metal object, and theobject gets wedged between thephone and charger, remove thephone and allow the metallicobject to cool before removing itfrom the charging pad, to preventburns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Open the climate controlsystem panel.



2. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects on the charging pad.

3. Place the mobile device faceup on the@ symbol on thecharging pad.

4. Move the mobile device slowlyuntil~ displays on theV onthe infotainment screen. Thisindicates that the mobile deviceis properly positioned andcharging.

Keep the storage door closed whiledriving.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the propulsion system isstarted to indicate they are working.When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.

Instrument ClusterThe instrument cluster displays apreview of information that includeselectric range, charging, odometer,and battery status. This happensupon entry when the driver door is

opened, and following the welcomeanimation, before starting thevehicle.

The CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPT OCCURRED messagemay display to indicate that acharging override or interruption hasoccurred due to one or more of thefollowing events:

. Override of the charge settingsby the owner using OnStar.

. Unintended interruption of ACpower at the vehicle'scharge port.

. Interruption of charging by theutility company using OnStar asauthorized by the vehicle owner.

There are several screens that willdisplay depending on the currentcharging status.



English Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

There are four uplevel instrumentcluster display configurations tochoose from: Classic, Modern,Classic Enhanced, or ModernEnhanced.

Classic

Modern

Classic Enhanced

Modern Enhanced

Use the five-way control on the rightside of the steering wheel to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

To change the cluster configuration:

1. Press S to access the clusterapplications.

2. Usey orz to scroll throughthe list until Display Layout ishighlighted. Then press SEL toselect it.

3. Each layout in the menu isrepresented by a small previewimage of the display layout.Scroll up or down and highlightthe selection. Press SEL toselect the desired clusterconfiguration.

4. Exit the Display Layout menuby pressing S.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.



Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press S to access the cluster

applications. Usey orz to scrollthrough the list of applications.

. Info. This is where you can viewthe Driver Information Center(DIC) displays. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 131.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Display Layout. See“Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster” earlier in this section.

. Settings

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press T to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu,search for music or change theaudio source.

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press T to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls or scroll throughcontacts. If there is an active call,mute the phone or switch to handsetoperation.

Navigation

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press T to endroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on or off.

Settings

Press T to enter the Settings menu.

Usey orz to scroll through theitems in the Settings menu

Units : Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Unit menu.Choose US, Metric, or Imperial unitsby pressing SEL while the desireditem is highlighted. A checkmark willbe displayed next to theselected item.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press SEL when Speed Warning isdisplayed. Pressy orz to adjustthe value. Press SEL to set thespeed. Once the speed is set, thisfeature can be turned off bypressing SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed with a chime.

Tutorial : Press SEL while Tutorialis highlighted to view the tutorialsthat explain some of the features of



the instrument cluster. The tutorialsare only available when the vehicleis in P (Park).

Open Source Software : PressSEL while Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 131.

Battery Gauge (HighVoltage)

This gauge shows the high voltagebattery charge level.

The arrow next to the batterysymbol points to the side of thevehicle the charge port is on.

See Electric Mode 0 185.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refueled soon.



Here are some things that ownersask about. None of these show aproblem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Driver Efficiency Gauge

This gauge appears on the left sideof the display in the ClassicEnhanced configuration.

This gauge is a guide to driving inan efficient manner by keeping theleaf green and in the center of thegauge.

See Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency 0 27.

accel : If the leaf turns yellow andtravels above the center of thegauge, acceleration is tooaggressive to optimize efficiency.

brake : If the leaf turns yellow andtravels below the center of thegauge, braking is too aggressive tooptimize efficiency.

In the Modern displayconfigurations, the light ring in thecenter of the display acts as anefficiency gauge. It is green whendriving efficiently and turns yellowwhen acceleration or braking is tooaggressive.

Power Indicator Gauge

Battery Power



Total Power

The power gauge is on the rightside of the display in the ClassicEnhanced configuration and on bothright and left sides in the ModernEnhanced configuration.

The power gauge shows the powercoming from the engine and/orbattery. When the power indicator isgreen, battery power is beingregenerated. When the indicator isyellow, the vehicle is using power.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is alreadybuckled, neither the light nor thechime comes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 70.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the front passenger remainsor becomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the front passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,



grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Second Row Passenger SafetyBelt Reminder Light

Second row seating positionsmonitored for safety belt use arerepresented by a colored symbolindicating safety belt status.

When the vehicle is started, twosafety belt symbols come on in theinstrument cluster and stay on forseveral seconds to alert the driverthat passengers may need to fastentheir safety belts. After thepassenger safety belt is buckled,the corresponding safety beltsymbol in the instrument clusterturns green. If a safety belt is not

initially buckled, the instrumentcluster displays a gray safety beltsymbol.

While the vehicle is moving, if asecond row passenger who waspreviously buckled becomesunbuckled, the corresponding safetybelt symbol will change to flashingred and a chime may sound.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 64.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag System Messages0 141.



Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 70 for importantsafety information. The passengerairbag status indicator is in theoverhead console.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, after

several more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol, to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 110 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light(12-Volt Battery)

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is in ON/RUN, as a check to show the light isworking.



If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the 12-volt battery.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the vehicle is inService Only Mode. See PowerButton 0 180.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,electric drive unit, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 235.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.



If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. A loose or missing fuel cap maycause the light to come on. SeeFilling the Tank 0 230. A fewdriving trips with the capproperly installed may turn thelight off.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. See Fuel0 229.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 233. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the vehicle is in ServiceOnly Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.



Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light comes on briefly when thevehicle is turned on. If it does notcome on then, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a base brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the Electric

Parking Brake system or anothersystem. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Brake SystemMessages 0 134.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

If this light comes on and stays on,there is a problem with a system onthe vehicle that is causing theparking brake system to work at areduced level. The vehicle can stillbe driven, but should be taken to adealer as soon as possible. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 193. If amessage displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC), see BrakeSystem Messages 0 134.



Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe antilock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's antilock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourdealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 114 and Brake System Messages0 134.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

This light is green if LDW is on andready to operate.

This light changes to amber andflashes to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed withoutusing a turn signal in that direction.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 219.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

This indicator will display greenwhen a vehicle is detected aheadand amber when you are following avehicle ahead much too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 213.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off. For vehicles with a



reconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and it may notcome on when the ignition isturned on.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak systemsand the warning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak systemis actively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight



On some vehicles this light comeson briefly while starting the vehicle.If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by the dealer. If the systemis working normally the indicatorlight goes off. For vehicles with thereconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when starting thevehicle.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 252.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating 0 252.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages 0 142.Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tire Pressure0 279.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 281.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.



This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

On some vehicles the immobilizerlight should come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light turns off.For vehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the engine is started.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 44.

Vehicle Ready Light

The vehicle ready light comes onwhenever the vehicle is ready to bedriven.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 156.



IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 154.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 154.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 200.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green whenthe ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 202.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched.



Information Displays

Center Stack DisplayThe center stack screen displaysCharging, Power Flow, and EnergyInformation. See the information thatfollows.

Climate Control, Infotainment, andVehicle Personalization informationalso displays in this screen. Formore information on thesesystems, see:

. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 162.

. The infotainment manual.

. Vehicle Personalization 0 143.

The center stack controls only needa light touch to operate and workbest with bare hands. The controlswill work with most gloves althoughthey may take longer to respond.Use the finger pad rather than thefinger tip to minimize response time.If the controls are not responding,remove the gloves.

To view the Power Flow, Charging,and Energy Information, pressthe[ button on the infotainmentdisplay.

Power FlowsTo view the Power Flow screens,press the[ button on theinfotainment display and then pressthe Power Flow button at the bottomof the touch screen. The PowerFlow screens indicate the currentsystem operating condition. Thescreens show the energy flowbetween the engine, electric driveunit, and high voltage battery. Thesecomponents will be highlightedwhen they are active.

Battery Power - Battery is activewith energy flowing to the wheels.

Battery Power - Vehicle is stationaryin electric mode and no power isflowing to the wheels.

Engine Power - Engine is activewith energy flowing to the wheels.



Engine Power - Vehicle is stationaryin extended range mode and nopower is flowing to the wheels.

Engine and Battery Power - Boththe engine and battery are activewith energy flowing to the wheels.

Engine and Regen Power Recovery- Engine is active. Power from thewheels returns to the battery duringregenerative braking or coasting.

Regen Power Recovery - Powerfrom the wheels returns to thebattery during regenerative brakingor coasting.

Power Off - No power is flowing tothe wheels.

Programmable ChargingImportant Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging









{ Warning


(Continued)

Warning (Continued)






Programmable Charge Modes

This vehicle has threeprogrammable charge modes. Toview the current charge mode statusin the center stack display, press the

[ button in the infotainmentdisplay and then press CHARGINGat the bottom of the touch screen.

The Charge Start and ChargeComplete time estimates are alsodisplayed on the screen. Theseestimates are most accurate whenthe vehicle is plugged in and inmoderate temperature conditions.Also, to get an accurate timeestimate, the vehicle uses aninternal clock for programmablecharging, not the clock in the centerstack.

Charge Mode Status

Immediately : The vehicle startscharging as soon as it is connectedto an electrical outlet. See Plug-InCharging 0 220.



Delayed (Departure Time) : Thevehicle estimates the charging starttime considering the programmeddeparture time for the current day ofthe week. Charging begins at thestart time and is complete by thedeparture time only if sufficient timeis allowed after the charge cord isplugged in.

Delayed (Electric Rate andDeparture Time) : The vehicleestimates the charging start timebased on the utility rate schedule,utility rate preference, and theprogrammed departure time for thecurrent day of the week. The vehiclewill charge during the leastexpensive rate periods to achieve afull battery charge by the departuretime. Electrical rate information fromthe utility company for the charginglocation is required for this mode.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all “Peak”rates and the rate preference is tocharge during “Off-Peak” rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.

Charge Limit Selection

The Charge Limit Preference settingallows the customer to select theirvehicle’s charge level so it matchesthe capability of their charginglocation. If the vehicle consistently

stops charging after plugging in, or ifa circuit breaker continues to trip,reducing to a lower Charge LimitPreference may resolve the issue.

The Charge Limit Preference shouldbe configured to match the electricalcurrent rating for the electrical outletthat the charge cord is connectedto. The Charge Limit Preferencesettings are:

. Maximum: Limits AC current to12 amps

. Reduced: Limits AC current to8 amps

Exact current levels may vary fromthe values shown in this manual.Please check the vehicle for thecurrent available levels.



The Charge Limit Preference settingcan be changed at any time whilethe center stack display is operable.

For some vehicles, the Charge LimitPreference must be updated prior tothe vehicle being charged and theCharge Limit Preference will reset toa default value when the vehicle isshifted from P (Park).

{ Warning


Charge Mode Selection

From the Charge Mode Statusscreen, press ChangeCharge Mode.

Select one option:

. Immediately upon plug in.

. Delayed based ondeparture time.

. Delayed based on electric ratesand departure time.

Departure Time Entry

From the Delayed Charge ModeStatus screen, press Next PlannedDeparture to change the departuretime for each day of the week tomatch your personal schedule.

1. Press the day to change.

2. Press + or − to change thehours and minutes.

3. Press + or − to change AMor PM.

4. Press q BACK to storechanges and return to theprevious screen.

Charge Rate Information

From the Delayed (Electric Rate andDeparture Time) Charge ModeStatus screen, touch Charge RateInformation.



Select one of the following:

. Electric Rate Schedule.

. Charge Rate Preference.

Charge Rate Preference Selection

From the Charge Rate Informationscreen, press Charge RatePreference.

Press one of the following options toselect the Charge Rate Preference:

. Charge during Peak, Mid-Peak,and Off-Peak Rates: The vehiclecan charge during any rateperiod to satisfy the nextplanned departure time.However, it will select when tocharge to minimize the total costof the charge.

. Charge during Mid-Peak andOff-Peak Rates: The vehicle willcharge during Off-Peak and/orMid-Peak rate periods only andwill select when to charge tominimize the total cost of thecharge.

. Charge during Off-Peak Rates:The vehicle will only chargeduring Off-Peak rate periods.

Charging begins at the start timeand is complete by the departuretime only if sufficient time is allowedafter the charge cord is plugged in.For example, if the vehicle isplugged in for only one hour prior tothe departure time, and the batteryis completely discharged, the

vehicle will not be fully charged bythe departure time regardless of therate selection.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all “Peak”rates and the rate preference is tocharge during “Off-Peak” rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.

Electric Rate Plan Selection

Electric rates, or cost per unit, mayvary based on time, weekday/weekend, and season. During theday when the demand for electricityis high, the rates are usually higherand called Peak rates. At nightwhen the demand for electricity islow, the rates are usually lower andcalled Off-Peak rates. In someareas, a Mid-Peak rate is offered.

Contact the utility company to obtainthe rate schedule for your area. Thesummer and winter start dates mustbe established to use a summer/winter schedule.



From the Charge Rate Informationscreen, press Electric RateSchedule button.

To edit the Summer/WinterSchedule:

1. Select Summer/Winter for theRate Schedule Type.

2. Press Edit Electric RateSchedule.

To edit the Yearly Schedule:

1. Select Yearly for the RateSchedule Type.

2. Press Edit Electric RateSchedule.

Summer/Winter Schedule StartDate Entering

From the Edit Electric RateSchedule screen, press EditSummer/Winter Start Dates.

1. Press Summer.

2. Press + or − to set the monthand day for the start ofsummer.

3. Press Winter.

4. Press + or − to set the monthand day for the start of winter.

5. Press Edit Summer Scheduleor Edit Winter Schedule to editthe daily electric rate schedule.

Electric Rate Schedule Editing

From the Edit Electric RateSchedule screen, select WeekdaySchedule or Weekend Schedule.

1. Press Weekday or Weekend.

2. Select the row to be changed.

. Weekdays are Mondaythrough Friday and use thesame rate schedule.

. Weekends are Saturdayand Sunday and use thesame rate schedule.

Both weekday and weekendschedules must be set. The rateschedule only applies for a 24-hour



period, starting at 12:00 AM andending at 12:00 AM. There can befive rate changes for each day; notall must be used.

The finish times must beconsecutive. If a finish time does notfollow a start time, the errormessage displays “An invalid entrywas found in the data entered.Please re-enter data.”

Electric Rate Finish Time Editing

From the Edit (Summer, Winter,or Yearly) Electric Rate Schedulescreen, press Edit next to the row tochange.

1. Press + or − to adjust the time.

2. Press Off-Peak, Mid-Peak,or Peak to select theelectric rate.

3. Press q SAVE to storechanges.

Only the finish time can be edited.The start time is automaticallypopulated in the rate table.

Electric Rate Schedule Viewing

From the Select Electric Rate Planscreen, press View (Summer,Winter, or Yearly) Schedule.

Temporary Charge ModeOverride and Cancel

Programmed Delayed ChargeModes can be temporarilyoverridden to an Immediate ChargeMode for one charge cycle. Also,the next planned departure time canbe temporarily overridden for onecharge cycle. In addition to thein-vehicle overrides via the centerstack, there are other ways totemporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode. See Plug-In Charging0 220.

Temporary Override of a DelayedCharge Mode

To temporarily override a DelayedCharge Mode to Immediate ChargeMode from inside the vehicle:

1. Press Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.

2. Press Charge Immediately atPlug In to temporarily overrideto an Immediate Charge Mode.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.



To cancel the temporary override,press Cancel Temporary OverrideSetting on the Temporary OverrideOptions screen. Or, from the maincharging screen, press the X on thefar right side of the Charge Modebutton.

Temporary Override of the NextPlanned Departure Time

To temporarily override the NextPlanned Departure Time from insidethe vehicle:

1. Press Temporary OverrideOptions on the main chargingscreen.

2. Press Next Departure Time.

3. Press the + or – button tochange the NextDeparture Time.

4. Press q SAVE to confirm atemporary override of the NextPlanned Departure Time.

The Temporary Charge Mode Statusscreen will automatically display therevised charge complete time.

The Temporary Departure Time canonly be updated for the same dayas the original Next PlannedDeparture Time. Also, the vehiclewill not accept a TemporaryDeparture Time that is before thepresent time of day.

To cancel the temporary override ofthe Next Planned Departure Time:

. From the Temporary OverrideOptions screen, press theCancel Temporary OverrideSetting button.

. From the main charging screen,press the X on the right side ofthe respective override text.When you override to animmediate charge mode, the Xwill be on the far right side of theCharge Mode button. When you



override the departure time ofeither delayed charge mode, theX will be on the far right side ofthe Next Planned Departurebutton.

Location Based Charging

This feature allows chargingsettings to be customized when thevehicle is at home or away fromhome. The charge mode and chargelevel preference will update basedon vehicle location. The chargingcustomization settings will be thesaved home profile settings at homeand Charge Immediate when awayfrom home.

Using Location Based Charging

To use location based charging, ahome location must first be stored.To store a home location:

1. From the Home screen, touchSettings.

2. Touch Vehicle.

3. Touch Energy Settings.

4. Touch Location BasedCharging.

5. Touch Set Home Location.

6. A pop-up will confirm thesetting and the compass will belit. In addition, the Set HomeLocation will change to UpdateHome Location.

To turn location based charging onor off:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “UsingLocation Based Charging” toget to the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Touch ON or OFF to turn thesystem on or off.

Updating Home Location

To update the home location:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “UsingLocation Based Charging” toget to the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Choose Update HomeLocation.

3. Choose:

Update : Use when the vehicle isparked in a new location.

Cancel : Use to cancel thisoperation and make no changes.

Remove : Use to remove the storedhome location from the vehicle. Thiswill turn the feature off becausethere will be no home locationstored.

Expiration : Use to store thecharge level preference at the homelocation for up to 90 days. After90 days, a notification will displayon the screen and the charge levelpreference will need to be reset forthe next 90 days.

Charging Interrupted orOverridden Pop-Up



The Charging Interrupted orOverridden pop-up will appear if anyof the following conditions occur:

. The charging settings have beenmodified via OnStar through thewebsite or the Mobile App. Forexample, the Departure TimeTables, the Rate Tables, or theCharge Mode were updatedusing the customer website(available in select regions).

. There was an unintended loss ofAC power during the plug-incharge event. For example,there was a power outage or thecharge cord was unplugged fromthe wall.

. The charge process wasinterrupted by the utilitycompany via OnStar asauthorized by the vehicle owner(available in select regions).

See Utility Interruption of Charging0 227.

Programmable ChargingDisabled

When the Programmable Chargingsystem is disabled, the DefaultCharge Mode Status screen and thepop-up will display “- -:- -” for theCharge Complete Time. TheProgrammable Charging system willbe disabled if the Charge CompleteTime cannot be confidentlyestimated. If the ProgrammableCharging system is consistentlydisabled, see your dealer.

Energy InformationTo view the Energy Usage, pressthe[ button on the infotainmentdisplay and then press the INFObutton at the bottom of the touchscreen.

Energy Usage

The Energy Usage screen displaysinformation for the total of all drivecycles since the last time the highvoltage battery was fully charged.This includes distance traveled inElectric Mode, distance traveled inExtended Range Mode, totaldistance traveled, electric energyused from the battery, total fuelused, and average fuel economy.There are maximum limits to someof the values that can be displayed.



When these values are replacedwith dashes, the value limits havebeen reached. To reset thesevalues, the high voltage battery willneed to be fully recharged. Thecircle graph also representsthe percentage of distance traveledusing Electric Mode versusExtended Range Mode. TheLifetime Fuel Economy is a totalover the life of the vehicle and canonly be reset by the dealer. TheEnergy Usage information will alsoappear automatically on power offwhen Retained Accessory Power isactive. This automatic pop-up canbe disabled through vehiclepersonalization. See “EnergySummary Pop-up” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows thestatus of many vehicle systems.

y orz : Move SEL up or down togo to the previous or next selection.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL (Select) : Press to open amenu or select a menu item. Pressand hold to reset values on certainscreens.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.

Trip A or Trip B and Average FuelEconomy : The Trip display showsthe current distance traveled, ineither kilometers (km) or miles (mi),since the trip odometer was lastreset. The trip odometer can bereset by pressing and holding SELwhile this display is active.

The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is calculated based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. The AverageFuel Economy can be reset along



with the trip odometer by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Compass and Speed : Shows thedirection the vehicle is driving andthe vehicle speed in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph).

Total Range : Shows the remainingdistance the vehicle can be drivencombining the electric range andfuel range.

Oil Life : The Oil Life display showsan estimate of the oil's remaininguseful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE99% is displayed, that means 99%of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 136.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 242.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 319.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press andhold SEL for several seconds whilethe Oil Life display is active. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 244.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 280 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 281.

Average Speed : Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The average

speed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, pressSEL briefly while this display isactive and the timer is running. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SEL while this display is active.

Speed Limit : Shows the currentspeed limit. The information for thispage comes from a roadwaydatabase.

Follow Distance Indicator : WhenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isnot engaged, the current follow timeto the vehicle ahead is displayed asa time value on this page. WhenACC has been engaged, the displayswitches to the gap setting page.This page shows the current gapsetting along with the vehicle aheadtelltale.



Coolant Temperature : Shows theengine coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Blank Page : The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the cluster infodisplay areas.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SEL. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on the vehiclecontent.

Battery and ChargingMessages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the 12-voltbattery voltage has dropped andvehicle features are being disabled.The 12-volt battery saver systemstarts reducing certain featurestrying to save the charge of the12-volt battery. Turn off unnecessaryfeatures to allow the battery torecharge.

BATTERY TOO COLD, PLUG INTO WARM

This message displays duringextremely cold temperatures, whenthe vehicle will not start until thehigh voltage battery is warmenough.

Plug the vehicle in and make surethe vehicle is off to allow thecharging system to warm the highvoltage battery, then the vehicle canbe started.



CHARGE CORD CONNECTED

This message displays when thecharge cord is connected to thevehicle. The vehicle cannot beshifted out of P (Park) with thecharge cord connected.

CHARGE DOOR OPEN

This message displays when thecharge door is open and the vehicleis shifted out of P (Park). Thecharge door should be kept fullyclosed when the vehicle is notcharging.

LOW BATTERY

This message displays when the12-volt battery voltage is low. SeeBattery - North America 0 255.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a fault in the 12-volt batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

SERVICE HIGH VOLTAGECHARGING SYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the high voltagecharging system. See your dealerfor service.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 253.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 193.

RELEASE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed if theElectric Parking Brake is on whilethe vehicle is in motion. See ElectricParking Brake 0 193.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayedwhen there is a problem with thebrake boost assist system. Thebrake boost assist motor may beheard and brake pedal pulsationmay be felt. This is normal underthese conditions. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the parkingbrake. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Compass MessagesDashes may be displayed if thevehicle temporarily losescommunication with the GlobalPositioning System (GPS).



Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SETTO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)speed is set. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 202.

ADAPTIVE CRUISETEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) when it istemporarily unavailable. The ACCsystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. ACC is turned on when thevehicle is stopped.

. The radar cannot see objectswell. See the next message.

FRONT RADAR BLOCKED

This message can occur under thefollowing conditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Care0 309.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control speed is set. SeeCruise Control 0 200.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GASPEDAL APPLIED

This message displays whenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isactive and the driver is pressing thegas pedal. When this occurs, ACCwill not brake. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 202.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem. Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), Forward Collision Alert(FCA), and/or the Front AutomaticBraking (FAB) System may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFOREEXITING

This message may display ifAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isengaged holding the vehicle at astop, and the driver attempts to exitthe vehicle. Put the vehicle inP (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showing whichdoor is open. If the vehicle has beenshifted out of P (Park), a DOOROPEN message will also bedisplayed. The DOOR OPEN



message may also be displayed ifthe vehicle starts to move. Close thedoor completely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display along witha hood open symbol when the hoodis open. Close the hood completely.

TRUNK OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the trunk is open.Close the trunk completely.

Drive Mode Messages

HOLD MODE NOT AVAILABLE

This message displays when inHold Mode and the mode becomesunavailable. See “Hold Mode” underDriver Selected Operating Modes0 186.

MOUNTAIN MODE NOTAVAILABLE

This message displays when inMountain Mode and the modebecomes unavailable. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes 0 186.

SPORT MODE NOTAVAILABLE

This message displays when inSport Mode and the mode becomesunavailable. See “Sport Mode”under Driver Selected OperatingModes 0 186.

Electric Drive UnitMessages

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thevehicle should be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenattempting to turn off the vehiclewhen it is not in P (Park).

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

ENGINE OVERHEATED —REDUCE SPEED

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature orengine oil is too hot. Reduce speedand allow the vehicle to cool down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —TURN VEHICLE OFF

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the oil life system. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 244, DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 131,Engine Oil 0 242, and MaintenanceSchedule 0 319.



ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil 0 242.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Fuel System Messages

CLOSE FUEL DOOR

This message displays when thefuel door is open and the vehicle ismoving.

ENGINE NOT AVAILABLEADD FUEL

This message displays when theengine is not available due torunning out of fuel. The vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the battery is depleted,but will have reduced acceleration.When this message is displayed,refuel the vehicle. See Out of Fuel/Engine Unavailable 0 188.

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

READY TO REFUEL

This message displays when thefuel system is depressurized andthe vehicle can be refueled.

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

This message displays when thefuel cap is not on tight. Tighten thefuel cap.

WAIT TO REFUEL

This message displays when thefuel system is pressurized. Youmust wait to refuel the vehicle untilthis message goes off.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 31.

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.



See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 31.

NO REMOTE DETECTEDPRESS BRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicleand the RKE transmitter is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowedwithout the RKE transmitter forfive minutes. Press the brake pedalto restart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Lamp Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theautomatic light control has beenturned on or off. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 156.

XX TURN INDICATOR FAILURE

When one of the turn signals is out,this message displays to showwhich bulb needs to be replaced.See Bulb Replacement 0 259 andReplacement Bulbs 0 260.

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message is displayed if theturn signal has been left on. Turn offthe turn signal.

Object Detection SystemMessages

AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OFF

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been turned off. SeeFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 215.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been unavailable forsome time. The FAB System doesnot need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Care0 309.



. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off. This message may alsobe displayed when the FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB) Systemhas been set to Off or Alert Only.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue. The Lane Departure Warningsystem will not operate.

LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) and the LaneChange Alert (LCA) systems off.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNINGUNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) systemwhen it is temporarily unavailable.The LDW system does not needservice.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue.

PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.

SERVICE AUTOMATICCOLLISION PREP

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSISTSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system may not work. Do not usethis system until the vehicle hasbeen repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Do not use the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)features. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.



SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)features will not work. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), LaneChange Alert (LCA), and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care 0 309.

Propulsion PowerMessages

PROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED

This message displays when thepropulsion power is reduced andcan affect the ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. If this messagestays on when the malfunctionindicator lamp is on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

This message can display whendriving in mountainous terrainwithout using Mountain Mode or bynot entering Mountain Mode soonenough to build a sufficient batterycharge reserve before climbingsteep grades. This is normaloperation to protect the high voltage

battery. Only if both thePROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED message and themalfunction indicator lamp are onshould the vehicle be taken to thedealer for service.

While climbing the grade with thismessage displayed, the vehiclespeed may be reduced until theengine can recover the battery stateof charge to a normal level. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes 0 186.

Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak®

system. If this message appears, tryto reset the system. Stop; turn offthe engine for at least 15 seconds;then start the engine again. If thismessage still comes on, it meansthere is a problem. See your dealerfor service. The vehicle is safe to



drive, however, you do not have thebenefit of StabiliTrak, so reduceyour speed and drive accordingly.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). When thismessage is displayed, the systemwill not limit wheel spin. Adjust yourdriving accordingly. See your dealerfor service. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 196 formore information.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned off. Adjust your drivingaccordingly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 196.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned on. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 196.This message clears itself after10 seconds.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

ENGINE MAINTENANCE XXX%COMPLETE

This message displays when theEngine Maintenance Mode isrunning. See “Engine MaintenanceMode” under Maintenance Modes0 188.

ENGINE NOT AVAILABLESERVICE SOON

This message displays when theengine is not available due to amalfunction that will not allow the

engine to start. The vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode until the battery is depleted,but will have reduced acceleration.When this message is displayed,the vehicle should be taken to yourdealer for service as soon aspossible. See Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable 0 188.

SERVICE AC SYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the air conditioningsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE HEATER SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the heater system.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displaysand a reduction in steering



performance or loss of powersteering assistance is noticed, seeyour dealer.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.Depending on the severity of acrash, this message may come onalong with the airbag readinesslight.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 281.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 281.

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tiresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light 0 117.

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon as youcan. Inflate the tires by adding air

until the tire pressure is equal to thevalues shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tires0 272, Vehicle Load Limits 0 177,and Tire Pressure 0 279.

You can receive more than one tirepressure message at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 131.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message displays when iceconditions are possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SELECTED SPEED LIMITEXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underInstrument Cluster 0 103.



Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. Fill thewindshield washer reservoir as soonas possible. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 241 forthe location of the windshieldwasher reservoir. Also, see WasherFluid 0 252.

Window Messages

OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/PASSENGER WINDOW

This message is displayed when thewindow needs to be reprogrammed.If the vehicle's battery has beenrecharged or disconnected, you willneed to program each front windowfor the express-up feature to work.See Power Windows 0 47.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access the personalizationmenus:

1. Press SETTINGS on the HomePage on the infotainmentsystem display.

2. Press the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Press to select the desiredoption setting.

4. Press the [ Back screenbutton to return to theprevious menu.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Language (Language)

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 100.



Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Press Back to goback to the previous menu.

Radio

Press to display the Radio menuand the following may display:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Auto Volume

. Maximum Startup Volume

. Audio Cue Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Manage Favorites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Press to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volumebased on vehicle speed andambient noise.

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Maximum Startup Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume is

adjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, press +or − to increase or decrease.

Audio Cue Volume

This feature sets the volume ofaudio files played at system startupand shutdown.

Select On, then press + or − toincrease or decrease the volume.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Energy

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Max Speed



. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Engine Assisted HeatingPlugged-In

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Heated Seats

This feature will automaticallyactivate heated seats at the levelrequired by the interior temperature.The auto heated seats can beturned off by using the heated seatbuttons on the center stack.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically come on when thevehicle is started.

Select Off or On.

Engine Assisted HeatingPlugged-In

During remote starts in coldtemperatures, this feature turns onor off the ability for the engine to runto help heat the vehicle when it isplugged in. A change in setting willnot take effect until after the vehicleis first powered down.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Alert Type

. Auto Collision Preparation

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Go Notifier

. Side Blind Zone Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding Forward Collision, LaneDeparture Warning, and ParkingAssist alerts.

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andFront Automatic Braking (FAB). TheOff setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB, but some last-secondautomatic braking capability is stillprovided, though less likely to occur.See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 215.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert to be turned on or off.

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 210.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to a



complete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on.

Press Go Notifier. Press to selectOff or On. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 202.

Side Blind Zone Alert

This allows the Side Blind ZoneAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Press Side Blind Zone Alert. Pressto select Off or On. See Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) 0 216.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Rainsense Wipers

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions whenentering the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 54.

Select Off, On - Driver Door Open,or On - At ignition On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously storedExit button position when exiting thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 54.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Rainsense Wipers


Select Off or On.

Energy


. Location Based Charging

. Energy Summary Pop-up

. Charge Status Feedback

. Charge Cord Theft Alert

. Charge Power Loss Alert

Location Based Charging

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off. See “Location BasedCharging” under ProgrammableCharging 0 121.

Select Set Home Location, On,or Off.

After the home location is set thetitle will change to Update HomeLocation.



Energy Summary Pop-up


Select Off or On.

Charge Status Feedback

This allows the horn chirp andoutside rearview mirror chargestatus feedback to be turned onor off.

Select Off or On.



Select Off or On.

Charge Power Loss Alert


Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

. Auto High Beam

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps when K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter ispressed to locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Auto High Beam

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off

Select Off or On.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock



. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thedoor handle touch pad button on thedriver door to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See “Passive Locking” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 31.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring tone.



Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,touchq and type in a new number,then touch Save.

Text Message Alerts

This feature will turn text messagealerts on or off. See “Text Message”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

. Display "What Can I Say?" Tips

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display "What Can I Say?" Tips

This feature gives voicecommand tips.

Select Off or On.

Display


. Proximity Sensing

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Proximity Sensing

When on, certain screen buttonsand features will become visiblewhen a hand approaches thescreen.

Select Off, On, or On - Map Only.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera

Select and the following may bedisplay:

. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines


Rear Park Assist Symbols




Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 343.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. These

instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.



Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remote

system buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals forCanada and Some GateOperators” later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press may

be required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.



The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.



Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


154 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 154Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 157Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Battery Power Protection . . . . . 160Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O (Off) : Turns off the exteriorlamps. The knob returns to theAUTO position after it is released.Turn to O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO (Automatic) : Automaticallyturns the exterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on theparking lamps including all lamps,except the headlamps.

2 (Headlamps) : Turns on theheadlamps together with the parkinglamps and instrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.


Lighting 155

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,with the turn signal lever in theneutral position, turn the exteriorlamp control to AUTO. The bluehigh-beam on light appears on theinstrument cluster when the highbeams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system can bedisabled by the High/Low-BeamChanger or the Flash-to-Passfeature. If this happens, theHigh/Low-Beam Changer mustbe activated two times withinfive seconds to reactivate theIntelliBeam system. Theinstrument cluster light will comeon to indicate the IntelliBeam isreactivated. See HeadlampHigh/Low-Beam Changer 0 156and Flash-to-Pass 0 156.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The automatic high-beamheadlamps may need to be disabledif any of the above conditions exist.


156 Lighting

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime will sound if theexterior lamp control is left on ineither the headlamp or parking lampposition and the driver door isopened with the ignition off.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer23 (Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger) : Push the turn signallever away from you and release, toturn the high beams on. To return tolow beams, push the lever again orpull it toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward you, andrelease.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL will come on when all ofthe following conditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,instrument panel lights, and otherlamps will not be on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor.


Lighting 157

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 158.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

For vehicles sold in Canada, thiscontrol only works when the electricdrive unit is in P (Park).

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the vehicleon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flashers) :Press this button to make the frontand rear turn signal lamps flash onand off. Press again to turn theflashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lane


158 Lighting

change is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmight be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Engine CompartmentFuse Block 0 262.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D (Instrument PanelIllumination) : Move thethumbwheel up or down to brightenor dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrumentpanel illumination control will set thelowest level that the displays willautomatically be adjusted.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened and the domelamp is in the DOOR position.

Dome LampsThere are front and rear domelamps in the overhead console andheadliner.

To change the dome lamp settings,press:

OFF : Turns the lamps off, evenwhen a door is open.

DOOR : The lamps come on whena door is opened.


Lighting 159

ON : Turns the lamps on.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andthe headliner. These lamps come onwhen any door is opened. Tomanually turn the reading lamps onor off:

Front Reading Lamps

Rear Reading Lamps

Pressm orn next to eachreading lamp.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most ofthe interior lights turn on briefly atnight, or in areas of limited lightingwhen K is pressed on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 31. When thedriver door is opened, all controllights, Driver Information Center(DIC) lights, and door pocket lightsturn on. After about 30 seconds theexterior lamps turn off, then theremaining interior lights dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignitionout of the OFF position, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driver


160 Lighting

door is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamps comeon after the ignition is changed tothe OFF position. The exteriorlamps and dome lamps remain onfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps or

headlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.


Infotainment System 161

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.


162 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Defrost

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)


Climate Controls 163

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Air TemperatureDisplay


3. Fan Control

4. Climate Modes: MIN,ECO, MAX

5. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Climate Power Gauge

8. Driver and Passenger AutoHeated Seats

9. Air Delivery Mode Controls

Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, driverand passenger temperatures, A/Cmode, and SYNC settings can becontrolled by touching CLIMATE onthe infotainment home screen or theclimate button in the touch screenapplication tray. A selection canthen be made on the front climatecontrol page displayed. SeeInfotainment 0 161.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate areadjusted. The air delivery mode canbe adjusted on the climate controlstatus screen.

Climate Mode Operation

There are three climate modesettings: MIN, ECO, and MAX.These settings adjust the impact theclimate control system has on thevehicle's electric range or fueleconomy.

To select a climate mode:

1. Touch CLIMATE on theinfotainment home screen.

2. Touch the climate mode on thetouch screen. The climatemode selected will be lit.

MIN (Fan Only Mode) : The airconditioning and electric heat areturned off. As long as0 is notselected, the climate control settingsmay not have a noticeable effect onthe vehicle electric range and fueleconomy.



When in MIN mode, the AUTOindicator light will be off. WhenAUTO is selected in MIN mode, themode will change to either ECOor MAX.

When in MIN mode, the airconditioning system may turn onautomatically if the high voltagebattery is being cooled. The climatecontrol system could blow cold air.This is normal. To prevent cold airfrom blowing into the interior, turn offthe fan control and select the ventmode and manual recirculationmode, and close the air vents.

When in MIN mode, if Auto Defog isenabled, the air conditioning andelectric heat may turn on when highhumidity conditions exist. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 143 formore information on the Auto Defogselection. The air conditioning mayalso run if0 is selected.

ECO (Economy Mode) : The airconditioning and electric heat arecontrolled to balance comfort withfuel economy. As long as0 is notselected, the vehicle electric range

or fuel economy will decrease lessthan in MAX mode, but will result inmoderate comfort.

MAX (Comfort Mode) : The airconditioning and electric heat arecontrolled to reach the best comfortlevel based on the temperaturesetting selected. In this mode,vehicle electric range or fueleconomy will decrease dependingon the amount of energy required toreach the best comfort levels.

Climate Power Gauge

When the climate mode is changed,the Climate Power gauge displaysthe impact that user setting changeshave on energy consumption. Thehigher the reading, the more energyis being used.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in full

automatic operation. If the airdelivery mode or fan setting ismanually adjusted, the autoindicator turns off and the displaywill show the selected settings. Autooperation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculationlight will not come on. Press@ toselect recirculation; press it again toselect outside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See “Settings” underInstrument Cluster 0 103.

OFF (Fan) : Press to turn the fan onor off. The temperature control andair delivery mode can still beadjusted.



w orx (Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls) : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Pressand hold to rapidly increase ordecrease the temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjustedby pressing the controls on thetouch screen.

SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature) : Touch SYNC on thetouch screen to link all climate zonesettings to the driver settings. Adjustthe driver side temperature controlto change the linked temperature.When the passenger settings areadjusted, the SYNC button isdisplayed when the temperaturesare unlinked.

Manual Operation

z9 or9y(Fan Control) :Press the fan control buttons or thetouch screen fan control to increaseor decrease the fan speed. Pressand hold the buttons or the touch

screen control to adjust speed morequickly. The fan speed settingdisplays. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control andthe fan can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation. To turn off the fan andclimate control system, press andhold the fan down button or touchscreen fan control until it is off.

If the fan is manually turned offwhile in ECO or MAX mode, thedisplay will automatically change toMIN mode. When the fan is turnedback on either by manuallyincreasing fan speed or pressing theAUTO button, the climate mode willrevert back to ECO or MAX mode.

Air Delivery Mode Control : TouchCLIMATE on the touch screen toselect climate control. Touch the airdelivery modes to change thedirection of the airflow. The selectedair delivery mode button is lit.Touching any of the air deliverymodes cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y (Vent) : Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level) : Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor) : Air is directed to thefloor outlets, with some air to thewindshield and side windows.

- (Defog) : Clears the windows offog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield, side windows, and flooroutlets.

0 (Defrost) : Press the0 buttonto turn on or off. This clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield and side windows.

Automatic Air Recirculation :When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air is automaticallyrecirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

@ (Recirculation) : Press toalternate between recirculating airinside the vehicle or pulling in



outside air. The indicator light on thebutton is lit when recirculation modeis active. This helps to quickly coolthe air inside the vehicle and reducethe entry of outside air and odors.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost mode.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization0 143.

Rear Window Defogger

= REAR (Rear WindowDefogger) : Press to turn the rearwindow defogger on or off. Anindicator light on the button comeson to show that the rear windowdefogger is on.

The heated outside mirrors turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on. They help to clear fogor frost from the surface of themirrors.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

J or z (Manual Heated Seats) :The controls are on the centerstack. Press J or z to heat thedriver or passenger seat cushionand seatback. See Heated FrontSeats 0 56.

M AUTO or L AUTO (Auto HeatedSeats) : The controls are on thetouch screen on the center stack.

Press the touch screen L AUTO orM AUTO button. The area aroundthe button will change to red whenthis feature is on. When the vehicleis on, this feature will automaticallyactivate the heated seats at thelevel required by the vehicle'sinterior temperature. The activehigh, medium, low, or off heatedseat level will be indicated by themanual heated seat button lights onthe center stack. Use the touchscreen buttons or the manualheated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated seats off.See Heated Front Seats 0 56.



Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : The climate controlsystem may run when the vehicle isstarted remotely. The system usesthe driver's previous settings to heator cool the inside of the vehicle. SeeRemote Start 0 36.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Sensors

The solar sensor monitors thesolar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel.

Use the thumbwheels (1) near theair vents to open or close off theairflow.



Move the slats (2) to change thedirection of the airflow.

Additional air vents are under thewindshield and the driver side andpassenger side door windows.These are fixed and cannot beadjusted.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 319.

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerants



directly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


170 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 172Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 173Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 174Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 175Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 177Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 180Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 184Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Electric Vehicle OperatingModesSystem Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Extended Range Mode . . . . . . . 185Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . 188

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Electric Drive UnitElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 193Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 195

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 198Competitive Driving Mode . . . . 199Continuous DampingControl (CDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 202

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 210Assistance Systems forParking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 210

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 217Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

ChargingPlug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Delayed Charging Override . . . 222Charging Status Feedback . . . 222Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Utility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229


Driving and Operating 171

California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 230Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.



Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts0 58.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If propulsion is disabled while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. If the brakes are pumped,the pedal could get harder to pushdown. If propulsion stops, there willstill be some power brake assist butit will be used when the brake isapplied. Once the power assist isused up, it can take longer to stopand the brake pedal will be harderto push.



Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under Service VehicleMessages 0 141. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.

The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.

Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.



Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 272.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. See“Mountain Mode” under DriverSelected Operating Modes 0 186.Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andelectric drive unit.

. Keep the vehicle in gear whengoing down steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the vehicle turned off isdangerous. The brakes will haveto do all the work of slowing downthe vehicle and could become toohot. Hot brakes may not be ableto slow the vehicle enough tomaintain speed and control. Youcould crash. Always have the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle running and in gear(preferably LOW range) whengoing downhill. This will allow theelectric drive unit to assist inslowing and maintaining speed.

. Drive at speeds to keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills.Something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when



freezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For slippery road driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 196.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops, but apply the brakessooner than when on drypavement. See Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) 0 193.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stay with the vehicle unless there ishelp nearby. If possible, useRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideService 0 336. To get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 190 in theindex.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.



If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

The Traction Control System (TCS)must be turned off by pressing theTCS/ESC button. Traction control isnot completely off, but will onlyengage if the maneuver can causedamage to the electric drive unit.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a forward

gear, spinning the wheels as little aspossible. The Traction ControlSystem prevents the tires fromspinning at high speeds. To preventelectric drive unit wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the electric drive unit is ingear. Slowly spinning the wheels inthe forward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 305.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it may

properly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.



Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original

equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 272 and TirePressure 0 279.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to



your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined



weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InThe vehicle does not require abreak-in period. Vehicle break-in isperformed during manufacturing.

Power Button

The vehicle has an electronicpushbutton start. The POWER Obutton light is on steady when in



ON/RUN power mode. When thevehicle is turned off, the POWER Obutton light will turn off.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If the vehiclewill not start, place the RKEtransmitter in the transmitter slot.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 31.

ON/RUN : This position is forstarting and driving. With the vehicleoff, and the brake pedal applied,pressing the POWER O button oncewill place the vehicle in ON/RUN.When the READY light is on in theinstrument cluster, the vehicle isready to be driven. This could takeup to 15 seconds at extremely coldtemperatures. See Vehicle ReadyLight 0 118. The engine will onlystart if needed. If the vehicle did notstart, the instrument cluster willdisplay a screen with inactive fueland battery gauges. See Startingand Stopping the Vehicle 0 182.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the POWER Obutton for more than five secondswill place the vehicle in ServiceOnly Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. Thepropulsion system will not start inService Only Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Caution

Service Only Mode will dischargethe 12-volt battery. Do not useService Only Mode for anextended period, or the vehiclemay not start.

STOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFF :To turn the vehicle off, press thePOWER O button with the vehiclein P (Park). Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) will remain active untilthe driver door is opened. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 183. When turning off the vehicle,if the vehicle is not in P (Park), thevehicle will go to ACC/ACCESSORY and display themessage SHIFT TO PARK in theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Electric Drive Unit Messages0 136.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.



3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the vehicleoff by pressing the POWER Obutton.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 193.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thepropulsion system off in anemergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold the POWER Obutton for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

Starting and Stopping theVehicleThe engine may start, if required,when the propulsion system is on.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving or the electricdrive unit could be damaged.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the vehicle operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 233.

Starting Procedure

1. Move the shift lever to P (Park)or N (Neutral). The propulsionsystem will not start in anyother position.

2. The Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter must be inthe vehicle.

3. Press the brake pedal andpress and release the POWERO button.

If the RKE transmitter is not in thevehicle or something is interferingwith the transmitter, a messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Key and LockMessages 0 137.

If the vehicle will not start due to alow RKE transmitter battery, thevehicle can still be driven. See“Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 31.

Welcome, powering up, andpowering down audio messages areheard as well as displayed on theinstrument cluster. This happenswhen opening the driver door uponentry, and when pressing thePOWER O button.

The instrument cluster displays anactive fuel or battery gauge, alongwith an audio startup cue, when thevehicle is ready to be driven. Thiscould take up to 15 seconds atextremely cold temperatures. The



engine will only start if needed.If the vehicle did not start, theinstrument cluster will display ascreen with inactive fuel and batterygauges. See Starting and Stoppingthe Vehicle 0 182.

Restarting Procedure

If the vehicle must be restartedwhile it is still moving, move the shiftlever to N (Neutral) and press thePOWER O button twice withoutpressing the brake pedal. Thepropulsion system will not restart inany other position.

Computers determine when theengine needs to run. The enginemay start, if required, when thepropulsion system is on. Somevehicle conditions that force theengine to run:

. There are cold ambienttemperatures.

. The hood is open or notcompletely latched.

. The high voltage battery has alow charge.

. The engine needs to run formaintenance.

See Maintenance Modes 0 188.

A chime will sound if the driver dooris opened while the vehicle is in ON/RUN. Always press the POWER Obutton to turn the vehicle off beforeexiting.

Stopping Procedure

For information on how to turn thevehicle off, see Power Button 0 180.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)The following features will operatefor up to 10 minutes or until thedriver door is opened:

. Audio System

. Accessory Power Outlets

Power windows will operate for upto 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 193.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by pushing the leverall the way toward the front ofthe vehicle.


Leaving the Vehicle with thePropulsion System On

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the propulsionsystem running. It could overheatand catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsion

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

system running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 183.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe propulsion system on, be surethe vehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holddown the regular brake pedal. See ifyou can move the shift lever awayfrom P (Park) without first pulling ittoward you. If you can, it means thatthe shift lever was not fully lockedinto P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in the electric driveunit. This happens when parking on

a hill and shifting the electric driveunit into P (Park) is not doneproperly and then it is difficult toshift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park).

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkTo shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN, the brakepedal must be applied, and thecharge cord must be unplugged.

The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. The shift lockrelease is designed to:

. Prevent the vehicle from turningoff unless the shift lever is inP (Park).

. Prevent moving the shift leverout of P (Park), unless thevehicle is in ON/RUN, the brakepedal is applied, and the chargecord is unplugged.

Parking the vehicle in extreme coldfor several days without the chargecord connected may cause theelectric drive unit to be locked inP (Park) until the propulsion systemhas warmed sufficiently.

The shift lock is always functionalexcept in the case of an unchargedor low charged 12-volt battery (lessthan 9 volts).

If the vehicle has an uncharged12-volt battery or a 12-volt batterywith low voltage, try charging orjump starting the 12-volt battery.See Battery 0 255 or Jump Starting- North America 0 299.

If the console shift lever cannot bemoved out of P (Park):

1. Apply and maintain the regularbrakes.

2. Turn the vehicle on using thePOWER O button. See PowerButton 0 180.

3. Let up on the shift lever andmake sure the shift lever ispushed all the way intoP (Park).



4. Press the shift lever button.

5. Move the shift lever into thedesired gear.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), see your dealeror a professional towing service.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Electric VehicleOperating Modes

System OperationThis vehicle is an Extended RangeElectric Vehicle (EREV). It uses anelectric propulsion system to drivethe vehicle at all times. Electricity isthe vehicle's primary source ofenergy, while gasoline is thesecondary source.

The vehicle has two modes ofoperation: Electric and ExtendedRange. In both modes, the vehicleis propelled by its electric drive unit.It converts electrical energy intomechanical energy to drive thewheels. See Driving for BetterEnergy Efficiency 0 27.

Electric ModeIn Electric Mode, the vehicle doesnot use fuel or produce tailpipeemissions. During this primarymode, the vehicle is powered byelectrical energy stored in the high

voltage battery. The vehicle canoperate in this mode until thebattery has reached a low charge.

There are some conditions when thebattery charge is high enough toprovide Electric Mode operation, butthe engine still runs. They are:

. Cold ambient temperatures.

. Hot or cold high voltage batterytemperatures.

. The hood being open or notcompletely closed and latched.

. Certain high voltage battery faultconditions.

. Engine Maintenance Mode orFuel Maintenance Modebeing run.

Extended Range ModeWhen the vehicle reaches the endof its electric range, it switches toExtended Range Mode (ERM). Inthis secondary mode, electricity isproduced by the fuel‐poweredengine. This secondary source ofelectric power extends the vehiclerange. Operation will continue in



ERM until the vehicle can beplugged in to recharge the highvoltage battery and restoreElectric Mode.

The high voltage battery willcontinue to provide some power andwork together with the engine toprovide peak performance when it isrequired, such as driving up a steepincline or for high accelerationmaneuvers. The battery will not becharged nor will electric vehiclerange be restored by the engine.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, when the hood isopen, the engine will run withoutturning off if the vehicle is on. Thehigh voltage battery is neithercharged nor discharged when thisoccurs.

In either Electric Mode or ExtendedRange Mode, if there is a highvoltage battery fault, the engine mayrun without turning off to generateneeded electricity. The malfunctionindicator lamp will turn on. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp (CheckEngine Light) 0 112.

Driver Selected OperatingModesWhile driving in Electric or ExtendedRange Mode, additional operatingmodes can be selected.

Press the MODE switch to displayselectable drive modes in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Continuepressing to scroll through themodes.

Highlight either the Mountain, Sport,or Hold Mode, then release theMODE switch. After three seconds,the new drive mode will becomeactive.

Pressing the MODE switch againwill return to Tour Mode, andbecome active after three seconds.

At next start, the vehicle will defaultto Tour Mode. Drive modes can thenbe selected again as desired.

During some conditions, certaindrive modes may be unavailable.The unavailable mode is grayed outin the DIC menu and cannot beselected.

If in Sport, Mountain, or Hold Mode,the mode may become unavailableand the vehicle will return to Tour



Mode. The indicator light goes offand a DIC message displays. SeePropulsion Power Messages 0 140.

Sport Mode

Sport Mode provides improvedacceleration and more responsivesteering and suspension than TourMode. Vehicle maximum allowedspeed is also increased. SportMode can reduce efficiency, andmay use the engine more than TourMode. Use Tour Mode wheneverpossible.

Press the MODE switch to selectSport Mode.

Press the MODE switch again toreturn to Tour Mode and it becomesactive after three seconds.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Tour Mode.

Mountain Mode

Mountain Mode should be selectedin advance of climbing steep, uphillgrades and when expecting to drivein very hilly or mountainous terrain.This mode maintains a reserveelectrical charge of the high voltagebattery to provide better gradeclimbing performance. While drivingin Mountain Mode, the vehicle willhave less responsive acceleration.

Mountain Mode will not changenormal vehicle braking performancefor steep downhill grades. See Hilland Mountain Roads 0 175 andElectric Drive Unit 0 191.

Press the MODE switch to selectMountain Mode. If steep hill drivingis expected, it is recommended toselect Mountain Mode at least20 minutes before driving on steepgrades. This will allow the vehicletime to build a sufficient batterycharge reserve.

If Mountain Mode is not selected forthese conditions, propulsion powermay be reduced and the enginespeed may increase. SeePropulsion Power Messages 0 140.

The engine may run when MountainMode is selected, depending on thehigh voltage battery charge, to buildreserve battery charge for uphillclimbs. The high voltage batterycharge reserved for Mountain Modewill be displayed on the batterygauge, but will not be depleted untilit is required for uphill driving.


Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Tour Mode to maintaina smaller battery charge reserve fornormal driving.



Hold Mode

Hold Mode is only available whenthe vehicle is in Electric Mode. Thismode places the remaining batterycharge into a reserve for the driverto use as desired. Selecting thismode transitions the vehicle toExtended Range Mode to maintainthe battery charge reserve.

Upon exiting Hold Mode, thereserved battery charge becomesavailable again and the vehiclereturns to Electric Mode. If thetransition is from Hold Mode directlyto Mountain Mode, the electricrange displayed adjusts for theMountain Mode charge reserve.

Press the MODE switch to selectHold Mode.


Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Tour Mode.

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailableIf the vehicle runs out of fuel, or theengine will not start due to amalfunction, the vehicle cancontinue to be driven in ElectricMode. The vehicle will have lessresponsive acceleration. DICmessages indicate reducedpropulsion power, that the engine isnot available, and the need for fuelor service.

Once the vehicle is refueled, or themalfunction is corrected, the enginewill start the next time the vehicle isturned on to perform a self test, andDIC messages will not be displayed.Once the engine starts successfully,normal operation will continue ineither Electric or Extended RangeMode. The engine may stop runningafter the self test is completedbased on the current mode of

operation. See Fuel SystemMessages 0 137 and ServiceVehicle Messages 0 141.

Maintenance ModesEngine Maintenance Mode (EMM)

EMM runs the engine to keep it ingood working condition afterapproximately six weeks of no orvery limited engine operation. EMMwill force the engine to run, even ifthere is a charge to power thevehicle. When EMM is needed, theEMM Request screen appears onthe center stack display at vehiclestart.

If Start Maintenance is selected,EMM will begin. The engine will runfor a set amount of time without



turning off. During EMM, a DICmessage displays to show theEMM percentage complete.

If Postpone is selected, the EMMRequest screen will appear whenthe vehicle is next started. TheEMM request can be delayed foronly one day.

If the EMM request was delayed forone day, EMM will automaticallystart the engine at the next vehiclestart. An EMM Notification screenwill appear in the center stackdisplay.

If the vehicle shuts off during EMM,it will restart the next time thevehicle is driven. A messagedisplays to indicate that EMM isactive.

If EMM is required and the fuel levelis low, EMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages 0 140.

Fuel Maintenance Mode (FMM)

FMM tracks average fuel age. Oldfuel can cause engine problems.If low engine usage causes averagefuel age to exceed approximatelyone year, FMM will run the engine touse up the old fuel. The engine willrun until enough fresh fuel is addedto bring the average fuel age into anacceptable range. Allowing more oldfuel to be used up by FMM andadding a larger amount of fresh fuelwill maximize the length of timebefore another FMM is needed.During FMM the engine may turn onand off.

When FMM is needed, the FMMRequest screen appears on thecenter stack display at vehicle start.

If Start Maintenance is selected,FMM will begin. FMM willautomatically continue at eachvehicle start until fresh fuel isadded.

If Postpone is selected, the FMMRequest screen will appear whenthe vehicle is next started. The FMMrequest can be delayed for onlyone day.



If the FMM request was delayed forone day, FMM will start at the nextvehicle start and display the FMMNotification screen on the centerstack display.

If FMM is required and the fuel levelis low, FMM may eventually emptythe fuel tank if fuel is not added.This will result in reduced, or nopower. An adequate fuel level mustbe maintained in the vehicle to keepit operational. See Propulsion PowerMessages 0 140.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The engine is running inareas with poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,or deep snow that mayblock underbody airflow ortail pipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park with the enginerunning in Extended Range Modein an enclosed area such as agarage or a building that has nofresh air ventilation.



Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with thepropulsion system running.

If the vehicle is left with thepropulsion system running, followthe proper steps to be sure thevehicle will not move. See ShiftingInto Park 0 183 and Engine Exhaust0 190.

Electric Drive UnitThe vehicle uses an electricdrive unit.

P (Park) : This position locks thefront wheels. It is the best positionto use when starting the propulsionsystem because the vehicle cannotmove easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 183.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting thepropulsion system. The vehicle hasan electric drive unit shift lockcontrol system. The regular brakemust be fully applied first and thenthe shift lever button pressed beforeshifting from P (Park) when thevehicle is in ON/RUN. If you cannotshift out of P (Park), ease pressure



on the shift lever, then push the shiftlever all the way into P (Park) asyou maintain brake application.Then press the shift lever buttonand move the shift lever intoanother gear. See Shifting out ofPark 0 184.

R (Reverse) : Use this gear toback up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the electric drive unit.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the electric drive unit, seeIf the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 177.

N (Neutral) : In this position, thepropulsion system does not connectwith the wheels.

D (Drive) : This position is fornormal driving. It provides the bestfuel economy. If more power isneeded for passing, and thevehicle is:

. Going less than 56 km/h(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

Caution

If the vehicle seems to accelerateslowly or not respond when yougo faster, and you continue todrive the vehicle that way, youcould damage the electric driveunit. Have the vehicle servicedright away.

L (Low) : This position reducesvehicle speed without using thebrakes. You can use L (Low) onhills. It can help control vehiclespeed going down steep mountainroads along with using the brakes

off and on. You can use L (Low) onvery steep hills, in deep snow,or in mud.

The brake lamps may come onwhen the vehicle is in L (Low) andthe accelerator is not pressed toindicate the vehicle is slowing down.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the electric driveunit. The repair will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.If you are stuck, do not spin thetires. When stopping on a hill, usethe brakes to hold the vehicle inplace.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has ABS, an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When propulsion is active and thevehicle begins to drive away, ABSchecks itself. A momentary motor orclicking noise might be heard whilethis test is going on, and it mighteven be noticed that the brakepedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 115.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking to

avoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling, thecomputer will separately work thebrakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpthe driver steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Electric Parking Brake



The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The switch is to theleft of the steering wheel. The EPBcan always be activated, even if thevehicle is off. To prevent drainingthe 12-volt battery, avoid repeatedcycles of the EPB system when thevehicle is off.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 114 andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 114. There are also parkingbrake-related Driver InformationCenter (DIC) messages. See BrakeSystem Messages 0 134. In case ofinsufficient electrical power, the EPBcannot be applied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 114.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light is on,see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch is

held up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switch



and holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parkingbrake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some ofthe energy from the moving vehicleand turns it back into electrical

energy. This energy is then storedback into the high voltage batterysystem, contributing to increasedenergy efficiency.

The hydraulic disc brakes work withthe regenerative braking to ensureeffective braking, such as when ahigh braking demand is requested.

The braking system is computercontrolled and blends theregenerative braking with theconventional hydraulic disc brakesto meet any requirements fordeceleration. The controllerinterprets the braking request anduses regenerative braking,conventional hydraulic braking, or acombination of both as necessary.Because the controller applies thehydraulic brakes through its highpressure accumulator, you mayoccasionally hear the motor-drivenpump when it recharges the system.This is normal.

See Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators 0 103 and DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 131. Inthe event of a controller problem,

the brake pedal may be harder topush and the stopping distance maybe longer.

Regen on Demand®

Regen on Demand allows increaseddeceleration by pressing andholding either of the steering wheelpaddles. It works in D (Drive) andL (Low). The accelerator pedal mustbe fully released for it to work.



The brake pedal must be applied atlow speed, because it will not stopthe car.

Cruise control will turn off, and thebrake lights may come on, whenthis feature is activated.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, the system brakes thespinning wheel(s) and/or reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thecomputer senses a differencebetween the intended path and thedirection the vehicle is actuallytraveling. StabiliTrak selectivelyapplies braking pressure at any oneof the vehicle's brakes to help steerthe vehicle in the intended direction.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but It may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 177and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC),and d comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. if d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andreleaseY. The traction off light icomes on in the instrument cluster.The appropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 140.

To turn TCS on again, press andreleaseY. The traction off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whentheY button is pressed, thesystem will not turn off until thewheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and holdY until the traction

off light i and StabiliTrak OFF

light g come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster. The appropriateDIC message is displayed. SeeRide Control System Messages0 140.



To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and releaseY. The

traction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle's performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 235.

Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control attempts to adda sportier feel, provide a morecomfortable ride, or assist in veryhilly or mountainous terrain. Thissystem simultaneously changes thesoftware calibration of varioussub-systems. Depending on theoption package, available features,and mode selected, the suspension,steering, and powertrain will changecalibrations to achieve the desiredmode characteristics. The vehicle isequipped with Continuous DampingControl (CDC). Selecting the variousDriver Modes adjusts the ride of thevehicle to enhance the rideperformance for the road conditionsand the selected mode.

Driver Mode Control Switch

The Driver Mode Control has fourmodes: Tour, Sport, Mountain, andHold. Pressz on the MODE switchon the center console to make amode selection. The first press ofthe switch will always show the TourMode. Subsequent presses willscroll though the available modes.Select a new setting wheneverdriving conditions change. Foradditional information on theseModes, see Driver SelectedOperating Modes 0 186.

Tour Mode

Use for normal city and highwaydriving to provide a smooth, softride. Each time the vehicle isstarted, it will return to Tour Mode.

Sport Mode

Use where road conditions orpersonal preference demand a morecontrolled response.

When selected, the Sport Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

The electric drive unit may remain ingear longer than it would in thenormal driving mode based onbraking, throttle input, and vehiclelateral acceleration. The steeringwill change to provide more precisecontrol. The suspension will changeto provide better body control andhandling performance.

Sport mode also allows the engineto start to provide additionalacceleration performance even ifbattery is charged.

Mountain Mode

Use when driving in very hilly ormountainous terrain.



When selected, the Mountain Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

This feature is intended to maintaina reserve electrical charge of thehigh voltage battery to providebetter grade climbing performance.While driving in Mountain Mode, thevehicle will have less responsiveacceleration.

Hold Mode

The Hold Mode is only availablewhen the vehicle is in the ElectricMode. Use when wanting to changeto Extended Range Mode tomaintain the battery charge reserve.See Extended Range Mode 0 185.

When selected, the Hold Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

This feature is intended to place theremaining battery charge into areserve for the driver to use asdesired. Hold Mode will not changenormal vehicle acceleration orbraking performance.

Competitive Driving ModeIf equipped, the Competitive DrivingMode is selected by pressing theTCS/StabiliTrak® buttonY on thecenter console twice withinfive seconds while in Sport Mode.The StabiliTrak OFF light g willcome on in the instrument clusterand a pop-up will appear in the DICindicating that Competitive DrivingMode has been entered.

The Competitive Driving Modeallows the driver to have control ofthe power applied to the wheels,while the StabiliTrak system helpssteer the vehicle by selective brakeapplication.

In the Competitive Driving Mode, thelevels at which StabiliTrak isengaged have been modified tobetter suit a performance drivingenvironment. When the StabiliTrakOFF light g is on, TCS will not beoperating. Driving should beadjusted accordingly. Do not useCompetitive Driving Mode on

slippery surfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 196.

When the TCS/StabiliTrak buttonYis pressed again, TCS will be turnedback on and the StabiliTrak OFFlight g in the instrument cluster willturn off.

Continuous DampingControl (CDC)The CDC feature provides superiorvehicle ride and handling under avariety of passenger and loadingconditions.

The system is fully automatic anduses a computer controller tocontinuously monitor vehicle speed,wheel to body position, lift/dive, andsteering position of the vehicle. Thecontroller then sends signals toeach shock absorber toindependently adjust the dampinglevel to provide the optimumvehicle ride.



Cruise ControlWith cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more canbe maintained without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If the StabiliTrak® system begins tolimit wheel spin while using cruisecontrol, the cruise controlautomatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 196. If a collision alert

occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 213. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can beturned back on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

J (On/Off) : Press to turn thesystem on and off. A white cruisecontrol indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : Ifthere is a set speed in memory,press the control up briefly toresume that speed or hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed. To increase speed by1 km/h or 1 mph, press +RES up tothe first detent. To increase speed tothe next 5 km/h or 5 mph mark onthe speedometer, press +RES up tothe second detent.

SET− (Set/Coast) : Press thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate cruise control. If cruisecontrol is already active, use todecrease vehicle speed. Todecrease speed by 1 km/h or 1 mph,press SET− down to the first detent.To decrease speed to the next5 km/h or 5 mph mark on thespeedometer, press SET− down tothe second detent.

*(Cancel) : Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.



Setting Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, SET− or+RES could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. KeepJoff when cruise is not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET− .

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has beenset to the desired speed, the cruisecontrol indicator appears green onthe instrument cluster.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesor* is applied, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,press +RES up to the first detent

briefly on the steering wheel. Thevehicle returns to the previous setspeed.

Increasing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe desired speed is reached,then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES up to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h or 1 mph faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly press+RES up to the second detent.For each press, the vehiclespeed increases to the next5 km/h or 5 mph mark on thespeedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 103.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold SET− down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET− down to the first detent.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h or 1 mph slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressSET− down to the seconddetent. For each press, thevehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h or 5 mph mark onthe speedometer.




Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflyapplying the SET– control will resultin cruise control set to the currentvehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well cruise control will work onhills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. Also, you may haveto brake or shift to a lower gear tokeep the vehicle speed down. If thebrake pedal is applied, cruisecontrol will disengage.

Ending Cruise Control

To disengage cruise control, do oneof the following:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

. Press a Regen on Demandpaddle.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the followingtime between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regular

cruise control. ACC uses a radarsensor. See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 343.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) activates, the ACCmay automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 196. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak electronic stability controlsystem is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occur

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

when vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 172.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detecta vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

J (On/Off) : Press to turn thesystem on or off. A white adaptivecruise control indicator comes on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) :Press the control up briefly toresume the previous set speed orhold to accelerate. If ACC is alreadyactivated, use to increase vehiclespeed.

SET– (Set/Coast) : Press thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate ACC. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengageACC without erasing the selectedspeed.

[ (Follow Distance Gap) : Pressto select a following gap time (ordistance) setting for ACC of Far,Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not inuse, the cruise on/off control couldget pressed and cruise control couldbecome active when not desired.Keep the cruise control off whencruise is not being used.



Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 24 km/h (15 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release the SET–control on the steering wheel.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays in theinstrument cluster. When the ACC isactive, the indicator will be lit green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press+RES up briefly on the steeringwheel. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. For increases of 16 km/h(10 mph) over the current cruisespeed, use the accelerator to getto the higher speed. Press SET–down. Release the control and

the accelerator pedal. Thevehicle will now cruise at thehigher speed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Cruise ControlMessages 0 135.

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe desired set speed appearson the display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES . For each press, thevehicle goes to the next 1 km/hor 1 mph faster mark on thespeedometer.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, press +RESup to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speedincreases to the next 5 km/h or5 mph mark on thespeedometer.



When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead inside the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.


Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. PressSET– down and release theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET– down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−.For each press, the vehicle goesto the next 1 km/h or 1 mphslower mark on thespeedometer.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press SET−down to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h or5 mph mark on thespeedometer.


Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Whenpressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster.

Subsequent presses cycle the gapbutton through three settings: Far,Medium, or Near. The gap settingwill be maintained until it ischanged.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 213.



Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, six redlights will flash on the windshieldand either eight beeps will soundfrom the front, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse fivetimes. See Collision/Detectionsystems under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

See Defensive Driving 0 172.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead symbol is inthe DIC.

The vehicle ahead symbol onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelamps will come on. The automatic

braking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.



ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system has activated orbeen disabled.

. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

. Regen on Demand is engaged.

A message indicating that the cruiseis disengaging will appear on theDIC and the ACC active symbol willnot be displayed when ACC is nolonger active.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has not beenresumed, the vehicle ahead symbolwill flash as a reminder to checktraffic ahead before proceeding. Inaddition, the left and right sides ofthe Safety Alert Seat will pulse threetimes, or three beeps will sound.See “Alert Type” and “Go Notifier”under Collision/Detection systems inVehicle Personalization 0 143.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press +RES or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the safety belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the electric parking brake tohold the vehicle. The electricparking brake status light will turnon. See Electric Parking Brake0 193. To release the electricparking brake, press the acceleratorpedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 133.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.



ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a DIC warningmessage will indicate that automaticbraking will not occur. See VehicleMessages 0 133. ACC will resumeoperation when the acceleratorpedal is not being pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedalor if Regen on Demand paddlesare engaged. You could crashinto a vehicle ahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadsymbol will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.



ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

To disengage ACC, do one of thefollowing:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

. Press a Regen on Demandpaddle.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The radar sensor on the front of thevehicle can become blocked bysnow, ice, dirt, or mud. These areasneed to be cleaned for ACC tooperate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 309.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.



Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 172.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

With the Safety Alert Seat, thedriver seat cushion may provide avibrating pulse alert instead ofbeeping. To change this, see“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Front and Rear ParkingAssist (FRPA), and Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) may help thedriver park or avoid objects. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display.



1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show that RearParking Assist (RPA) has detectedan object. This triangle changesfrom amber to red and increases insize the closer the object.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

Front and Rear Parking Assist(FRPA) operates at speeds of lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph) and detectsnearby objects within a zone 25 cm(10 in) high off the ground andbelow bumper level. FRPA detectsobjects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind thevehicle, and detects objects up to1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather. Blocked sensors will notdetect objects and can also causefalse detections. Keep the sensorsclean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, andslush; and clean sensors after a carwash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The parking assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster parkingassist display may have bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for FRPA. Asthe object gets closer, more barslight up. When an object is firstdetected in the rear, one beep willbe heard from the rear, or bothsides of the Safety Alert Seat willpulse two times. When an object is

very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in thevehicle front), five beeps will soundfrom the rear or front, or both sidesof the Safety Alert Seat will pulsefive times. Beeps for Front ParkingAssist are higher pitched than forRear Parking Assist.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

On vehicles with the Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA), a triangle withan arrow may also display on theRVC screen to warn of trafficcoming from either direction. Whenbacking, this system detects objectscoming from up to 20 m (65 ft) fromthe left or right side, behind thevehicle. When an object is detected,either three beeps sound or threeSafety Alert Seat pulses occur onthe left or right side, depending onthe direction of the detected vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button in the center stack isused to turn on or off the Front andRear Parking Assist. The indicatorlight next to the button comes onwhen the features are on and turnsoff when the features have beendisabled.

The parking assist symbols andguidance lines can be turned on oroff through the Settings menu onthe infotainment system. To turn thesymbols or guidance lines on or off:

1. On the infotainment system,press the SETTINGS screenbutton, or turn the MENU knobto highlight Settings andpress MENU.

2. Select Rear Camera.



3. Press Rear Park AssistSymbols or Guidance Linesand then select OFF or ON.

The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)can be turned on and off throughVehicle Personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), LaneChange Alert (LCA), and/or theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System can help to avoid a crash orreduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemThe FCA system may help to avoidor reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashing

alert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.FCA also lights an amber visualalert if following another vehiclemuch too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph). If thevehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), it can detect vehicles todistances of approximately 110 m(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 202.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. FCA does not warnof pedestrians, animals, signs,guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, or other objects. Be ready

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

to take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving 0 172.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), throughvehicle personalization. See the“Auto Collision Preparation” portionof “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization0 143.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not be



detected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times.When this Collision Alert occurs, thebrake system may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas the driving situation dictates.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to far, medium, near,



or on some vehicles, off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timing may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Following Distance Indication

The following distance to a movingvehicle you are following isindicated in following time inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 131. The

minimum following time is0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe rearview mirror, and cleaning thefront of the vehicle where radarsensors are located, may correctthe issue.

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the system

detects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This front automatic brakingcan only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 213.

The system works when driving in aforward gear above 10 km/h(6 mph). It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brake

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

outside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. The vehicle will onlyhold at a stop briefly. A firm press ofthe accelerator pedal will alsorelease FAB.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.

IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. Seethe “Auto Collision Preparation”information in “Collision/DetectionSystems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 143.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirror



display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert system, readthe entire Lane Change Alertsection before using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone

2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.



Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 143.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers). During a trip, the LCAsystem is not operational until thevehicle first reaches a speed of24 km/h (15 mph).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. LCA may alertto objects attached to the vehicle,such as a bicycle, or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. Attached objects may alsointerfere with the detection ofvehicles. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. The

system may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 309.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen vehicles are in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thiszone and the system is clean, thesystem may need service. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

When LCA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Lane Change Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.



Radio Frequency Information


Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)LDW may help avoid crashes due tounintentional lane departures. It mayprovide an alert if the vehicle iscrossing a lane marker withoutusing a turn signal in that direction.LDW uses a camera sensor todetect the lane markings at speedsof 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater.

{ Warning

The LDW system does not steerthe vehicle. The LDW systemmay not:

. Provide enough time toavoid a crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

headlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they arenot in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarking. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LDW inbad weather conditions.

How the System Works

The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @ onthe center stack. The controlindicator will light when LDW is on.

When LDW is on, @ is green ifLDW is available to warn of a lanedeparture. If the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking without usingthe turn signal in that direction, @changes to amber and flashes.Additionally, there will be threebeeps, or the driver seat will pulsethree times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.



When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system may not detect lanes aswell when there are:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

If the LDW system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LDW alerts may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LDW off if theseconditions continue.

Charging

Plug-In ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the vehicle's highvoltage battery. Do not allow thevehicle to remain in temperatureextremes for long periods withoutbeing driven or plugged in. It isrecommended that the vehicle beplugged in when temperatures arebelow 0 °C (32 °F) and above 32 °C(90 °F) to maximize high voltagebattery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately12.5 hours to charge the vehiclewith the 12 amp AC current settingor 18 hours using the default 8 ampAC current setting. When using a240-volt charging station, it will takeapproximately five hours to chargethe vehicle. Charge times will varywith outside temperature. At coldtemperatures, a higher powercharge station is recommended toavoid extended charge times.

There are three ways to programhow the vehicle is charged. SeeProgrammable Charging 0 121.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additional unexpected clickingsounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used whilecharging.

While the charge cord is pluggedinto the vehicle, the vehicle cannotbe driven.

Charging

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle isparked and turned off.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door in and releaseto open the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. Remove ice from thearea before attempting to openor close the charge port door.



3. Open the trunk, lift the left loadsupport floor cover, andremove the charge cord. Pullup on the charge cord handleto release. The vehicle plug isstored as shown.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. See ElectricalRequirements for BatteryCharging 0 228. Verify thecharge cord status. See thecharge cord user guide. SeeCharge Cord 0 226. Select theappropriate charge level usingthe Charge Limit Preferencescreen. See “Charge LimitSelection” underProgrammable Charging 0 121.

5. Plug in the vehicle plug of thecharge cord into the chargeport on the vehicle. Verify thatthe charging status indicatorilluminates on top of theinstrument panel and a hornchirp occurs. See ChargingStatus Feedback 0 222.


This vehicle has a Charge CordTheft Alert. To enable this feature,see "Charge Cord Theft Alert" inVehicle Personalization 0 143. Thesystem can be armed and disarmedusing the door lock function on theRKE transmitter.

End Charge

1. If armed, unlock the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter todisarm the charge cord theftalert.

2. Disconnect the vehicle plug ofthe charge cord from thevehicle.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly on the rearwardedge of the door surface.

4. Unplug the charge cord fromthe electrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.



Delayed ChargingOverrideTo temporarily override a delayedcharge event, unplug the chargecord from the charge port and thenplug it back in within five seconds.A single horn chirp will sound andcharging will begin immediately.

To cancel a temporary override,unplug the charge cord, wait for10 seconds, and then plug thecharge cord back in. A double hornchirp will sound and charging will bedelayed.

See Programmable Charging 0 121for advanced charge schedulingoptions.

Charging StatusFeedbackThe vehicle has two ways ofmonitoring the charging status ofthe high voltage battery. TheInstrument Panel Charging StatusIndicator (CSI) is at the center of theinstrument panel near thewindshield. The indicator lights inthe Outside Rearview Mirrors(OSRVM) are also used to monitorcharging status.

Some local laws restricting the useof colored lights on public roadsmay apply to the OSRVM chargingstatus feedback. To turn theOSRVM charge indicator off, see“Charge Status Feedback” inVehicle Personalization 0 143.

Instrument Panel ChargingStatus Indicator (CSI)

When the vehicle is plugged in andthe vehicle power is off, the CSIindicates the following:

. Solid Green – Vehicle is pluggedin. Battery is not fully charged.Battery is charging.



. Long Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Battery charging isdelayed.

. Short Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is fullycharged.

. Solid Yellow – Vehicle is pluggedin. It is normal for the CSI to turnyellow for a few seconds afterplugging in a compatible chargecord. The solid yellow may beextended depending on thevehicle temperature or if there isa total utility interruption viaOnStar. See Utility Interruption ofCharging 0 227. This may alsoindicate that the chargingsystem has detected a fault andwill not charge the battery. See“Charge Cord Status Indicators”in the charge cord user guide.

The system may be thermallyconditioning the battery during anyof the states above, requiringelectrical energy to be transferred tothe vehicle.

If the vehicle is plugged in andvehicle power is on, the CSI will beon solid green. The same is trueduring a remote start if the vehicle isplugged in.

If the vehicle is plugged in and theCSI is off, a total utility interruptionusing OnStar or a charging fault hasbeen detected. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 227 or“Charge Cord Status Indicators” inthe charge cord user guide.

This chart indicates vehiclefeedback when the charge cord isplugged in.



Charging StatusIndicator

Sound Action/Reason

Solid Green One horn chirp Charging has begun.

Long Flashing Green Two horn chirps Charging is delayed by ProgrammableCharging or, if the vehicle is equippedaccordingly, by a total utility interruption viaOnStar. Charging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 227.

Short Flashing Green None Charging is complete.

Yellow (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord is OK and the vehicle is notyet charging.

Yellow (For ExtendedTime Period afterPlug-in)

None Charge cord is OK, but the vehicle is notcharging. This may be due to vehicletemperature or a total utility interruption viaOnstar and charging will begin later. SeeUtility Interruption of Charging 0 227 orMalfunction Indicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 112.

Solid Green Two horn chirps Vehicle is charging but will delay at leastonce before the charge is complete.

Solid Green or LongFlashing Green

Four horn chirps Insufficient time to fully charge by departuretime due to rate preference.

None (Upon Plug-in) None Charge cord connection should be checked.



Charging StatusIndicator

Sound Action/Reason

None (After Green orYellow CSI IndicationObserved)

None Charge cord connection should be checked.If connection is good, this may be due to atotal utility interruption via OnStar andcharging will begin later. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 227 orMalfunction Indicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 112.

None Repeated horn chirpsTo disable this feature, see “Charge PowerLoss Alert” in Vehicle Personalization0 143.To stop this alert, do one of the following:

. Unplug the charge cord.

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Press and hold 7 on the RKEtransmitter, then press again to stop thepanic alarm.

. Press the horn pad.

Electricity was interrupted before chargingwas complete.



Outside Rearview Mirror(OSRVM) Charging StatusIndicator

The outside rearview mirrors areequipped with green indicator lightsused to indicate high voltage batterysystem charging status. TheOSRVM CSI indicates:

. Solid green – Battery is chargingand is less than half complete.

. Fast flashing – Battery ischarging. Battery is more thanhalf complete.

. Slow flashing – Battery ischarging. Battery is nearlycomplete.

. Off – Not charging.

Charge CordSee Radio Frequency Statement0 343.

A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored under the loadsupport floor covering in the trunk.

Important Information AboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging







{ Warning


(Continued)



Warning (Continued)






Charge Cord Status Indicators

See “Charge Cord Status Indicators”in the charge cord user guide.

Charge Level Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Limit Preferencescreen. See “Charge LimitSelection” under ProgrammableCharging 0 121.

{ Warning


Utility Interruption ofChargingIf using AC charging, this vehiclewill respond to remote requeststhrough OnStar to limit orcompletely block electrical powergrid usage for brief time periods.

A utility interruption of charging mayincrease AC vehicle charge times,but will not affect DC charge times.

When electrical grid power iscompletely blocked, the vehicle willdelay charging until the utilityinterruption has expired. The vehicleshould be left plugged in so that thevehicle can automatically begincharging.

Changing the charge mode toImmediate or performing a delayedcharging override will not disable autility interruption.

A pop-up will appear in the centerstack display during the key cyclefollowing any utility interruption. See“Charging Interrupted or OverriddenPop-Up” under ProgrammableCharging 0 121.

A message will display on theinstrument cluster indicating that autility interruption has occurred. SeeInstrument Cluster 0 103.



Charging StationTroubleshooting

If the vehicle does not charge afterbeing plugged in to a residential240-volt charging station:

1. Verify that the Charge mode isset to Immediate.

2. Verify that the chargingstation’s circuit breaker has notbeen tripped.

3. Plug the portable charge cordinto the wall outlet, verify thatthe indicator light on the chargecord is solid green, andconnect it to the vehicle. SeeCharge Cord 0 226.

4. If the vehicle charges with theportable charge cord, theremay be a problem with thecharging station. Try to chargethe vehicle with a different240-volt charging station, suchas a public station. If bothattempts charge the vehicle,contact the charging stationmanufacturer.

Electrical Requirementsfor Battery ChargingThis vehicle is capable of beingcharged with most standard vehiclecharging equipment complying withone or more of the following:

. SAE J1772

. SAE J2847-2

. IEC 61851-1

. IEC 61851-22

. IEC 61851-23

. IEC 61851-24

. IEC 62196-1

. IEC 62196-2

. IEC 62196-3

. ISO 15118

The following are the minimumrequirements for circuits used tocharge this vehicle:

. 120 volts/15 amps

. 240 volts/20 amps

Charging equipment with a rating ofat least 240 volts/20 amps willprovide the fastest charging time

and best charging efficiency torecharge the high voltage battery.240 volt/40 amp circuits provideflexibility for future vehicle chargingneeds. Always follow the chargingequipment installation instructions.Contact your dealer for moreinformation.

Caution

Do not use portable or stationarybackup generating equipment tocharge the vehicle. This maycause damage to the vehicle'scharging system. Only charge thevehicle from utility suppliedpower.



FuelUse of the recommended fuel is animportant part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. Whendriving in the U.S. and Canada, tohelp keep the engine clean andmaintain optimum vehicleperformance, we recommend TOPTIER Detergent Gasolines. Seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasolines.

Use premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 91 orhigher. If the octane is less than 91,damage to the engine may occur

and may void the vehicle warranty.If heavy knocking is heard whenusing gasoline rated at 91 octane orhigher, the engine needs service.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in theappropriate season. The fuelsindustry automatically modifies thefuel for the appropriate season.If fuel is left in the vehicle tank forlong periods of time, driving orstarting could be affected. Drive thevehicle until the fuel is at one-halftank or less, then refuel with thecurrent seasonal fuel.

Prohibited Fuels

Gasolines containing oxygenatessuch as ethers and ethanol, as wellas reformulated gasolines, areavailable in some cities. If thesegasolines comply with thepreviously described specification,then they are acceptable to use.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than15% ethanol must be used only inFlexFuel vehicles.

Caution

Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metalparts in the fuel system and alsodamage plastic and rubber parts.That damage would not becovered under the vehiclewarranty.

Some gasolines, mainly high octaneracing gasolines, can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). Do not usegasolines and/or fuel additives withMMT as they can reduce spark pluglife and affect emission controlsystem performance. Themalfunction indicator lamp may turnon. If this occurs, see your dealerfor service.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels that



meet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle may not pass a smog-checktest. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 112.If this occurs, return to yourauthorized dealer for diagnosis. If itis determined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesIf planning to drive in countriesoutside the U.S. or Canada, theproper fuel might be hard to find.Check regional auto club or fuelretail brand websites for availabilityin the country where driving. Neveruse leaded gasoline, fuel containingmethanol, manganese, or any other

fuel not recommended. Costlyrepairs caused by use of improperfuel would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 229.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of FuelSystem Treatment PLUS added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop then unscrew thecap all the way.

The fuel system on this vehiclerequires a refueling process tocontrol evaporative emissions. Torefuel the vehicle:

1. Press the fuel door button onthe driver door for one second.A WAIT TO REFUEL messagedisplays on the DriverInformation Center.

2. When the READY TO REFUELmessage displays, the fueldoor on the passenger side willunlock. To open the fuel door,push and release the rearwardcenter edge of the door.

3. Turn the fuel capcounterclockwise to remove.While refueling, hang the fuelcap tether from the hook on theinside of the fuel door.Complete refueling within30 minutes of pressing the fueldoor button on the driver door.

If refueling after more than30 minutes, press the fuel doorbutton again.

4. After refueling, reinstall the fuelcap by turning it clockwise untilit clicks. Close the fuel door.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Do not top off or overfill the tank.Wait a few seconds before removingthe nozzle and clean fuel frompainted surfaces as soon aspossible. See Exterior Care 0 309.



{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 112.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer or anothervehicle.

For information on towing a disabledvehicle, see Towing the Vehicle0 305. For information on towing thevehicle behind another vehicle suchas a motor home, see RecreationalVehicle Towing 0 307.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 112.A device connected to the DataLink Connector (DLC)—such asan aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device—may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thewarranty. Always check with yourdealer before adding electricalequipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

When adding electrical equipment, itshould only be connected using theaccessory power outlets. Themaximum power that can besupplied by one accessory poweroutlet, or spread across all poweroutlets, is 200 watts or 15 amps.Exceeding 200 watts or 15 ampsmay cause erratic vehicle operation.See Power Outlets 0 101.


234 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 235California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 235

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 244Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 245Cooling System (Engine) . . . . . 247Cooling System (High VoltageBattery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 252Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Battery - North America . . . . . . 255Electric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check . . . . . 257

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 257

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 258

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 259LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 260Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Electrical System Overload . . . 261Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Instrument Panel Fuse Block(Left Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Instrument Panel Fuse Block(Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 274Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 289Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292


Vehicle Care 235

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 305Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, contain and/oremit chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive

harm. Engine exhaust, many partsand systems, many fluids, andsome component wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 255and Jump Starting - North America0 299.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things as


236 Vehicle Care

airbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75.

Lifting the VehicleLift the vehicle using a three-stagefront arm hoist with 3-inch adaptersonly. A service jack can alsobe used.

Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by thewarranty.

Lifting the Vehicle with a Hoist

Lift the vehicle with a three-stagefront arm hoist, using the four liftingpoints at the same time. See yourdealer and service manual.

The front lifting points can beaccessed from either side of thevehicle, behind the front tires.

The rear lifting points can beaccessed from either side of thevehicle, in front of the rear tires.

Lifting the Vehicle with aService Jack

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle can cause aninjury. The vehicle can slip off thejack and roll over you or otherpeople. You and they could be

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 237

Warning (Continued)

badly injured. Find a level placeto lift your vehicle. To helpprevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put the shift lever inP (Park).

3. Turn off the vehicle.

To be even more certain thevehicle will not move, put blocksin front of and behind the wheels.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle or the vehiclemay fall and cause injury to youor others.

When using a jack to lift the vehicle,follow the instructions that camewith the jack and be sure to use thecorrect lifting points to avoiddamaging the vehicle.

Caution

Lifting the vehicle improperly cancause damage and result incostly repairs not covered by thewarranty. To lift the vehicleproperly, use this procedure. Foradditional information, see yourdealer and the service manual.

There are four points where thevehicle can be lifted with aservice jack.


238 Vehicle Care

When lifting the vehicle from therear, place the service jack directlyunder one of the spring seats.

When lifting the vehicle from thefront, place the service jack directlyunder one of the cradle mounts.

Ramps may be needed under thefront tires to provide the necessaryclearance for certain service jacks inthis location.

For more information, see DoingYour Own Service Work 0 238.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage batterycomponents. You can be injuredand the vehicle can be damagedif you try to do your own servicework. Service and repair of thesehigh voltage battery componentsshould only be performed by atrained dealer technician with theproper knowledge and tools.


High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Information0 342.


Vehicle Care 239

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Airbag SystemCheck 0 76.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 329.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Turn the vehicle off beforeopening the hood. If the vehicleis on, the engine will start whenthe hood is opened. SeeElectric Mode 0 185 andExtended Range Mode 0 185.

2. Pull the release handle withthis symbol. It is below theinstrument panel outboard ofthe steering wheel.

3. Go to the front of the vehicleand locate the secondaryrelease lever under the frontcenter of the hood. Push thesecondary hood release leverto the right to disengage.

4. Lift the hood and release thehood prop rod from its retainerabove the radiator support.Place the prop rod securelyinto the slotted retainer inthe hood.


240 Vehicle Care

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, checkthat all filler caps are properlyinstalled. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on thehood prop.

2. Remove the hood prop fromthe slotted retainer in the hoodand return it to its retainerabove the radiator support. Theprop rod must lock into placewhen returning it to the retainerto prevent hood damage.

3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is firmlyclosed. Repeat the process ifnecessary.


Vehicle Care 241

Engine Compartment Overview


242 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. See EngineCoolant 0 249.

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 245.

3. Engine Cover.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 242.

5. High Voltage Battery CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 247 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 248 or CoolingSystem (Engine) 0 247.

6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out ofView). See Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) 0 247 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 248 or CoolingSystem (Engine) 0 247.

7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 242.

8. Power Electronics CoolantReservoir and Pressure Cap.See Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery) 0 247 orCooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules) 0 248 or CoolingSystem (Engine) 0 247.

9. High Voltage Cables (OrangeColor).

10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 253.

11. Power Electronics Module.

12. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under Washer Fluid0 252.

13. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 262.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Always use engine oil approvedto the proper specification and ofthe proper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 244.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehicle


Vehicle Care 243

must be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overview0 241 for the location of the engineoil dipstick.

Obtaining an accurate oil levelreading is essential:

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itwith a clean paper towel orcloth, then push it back in allthe way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 331.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil level

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

gets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 241 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 327.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1™ specification.


244 Vehicle Care

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil can result in enginedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. Check with yourdealer or service provider onwhether the oil is approved to thedexos1 specification.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C

(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade,always select an oil of the correctspecification. See “Specification”earlier in this section for moreinformation.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,

or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.


Vehicle Care 245

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up totwo years. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least onceevery two years and, at this time,the system must be reset. Yourdealer has trained service peoplewho will perform this work and resetthe system. It is also important tocheck the oil regularly over thecourse of an oil drain interval andkeep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Display RESET OIL LIFE onthe DIC menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 131.

2. Press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Lifedisplay is active to reset the OilLife system.

100% OIL LIFE will bedisplayed when OIL LIFE issuccessfully reset.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overview0 241 for the location of the engineair cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 319.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.


246 Vehicle Care

1. Retaining Clips2. Air Duct Clamp3. Electrical Connector

To inspect or replace the air filter:

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 239.

2. Locate the engine air cleaner/filter assembly on thepassenger side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 241.

3. Disconnect the air duct byloosening the air ductclamp (2).

4. Disconnect the electricalconnector (3).

5. Lift the retaining clips (1) fromthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly.

6. Turn and tilt the air cleaner/filter cover slightly upward andslide it out. Remove the aircleaner/filter.

How to Reinstall the EngineAir Cleaner/Filter

1. Install the air filter into theengine air cleaner/filterassembly. The outer air filterseal must be fitted properly inthe engine air cleaner/filterassembly.

2. Replace the air cleaner/filtercover by lowering it to meet thebottom of the engine aircleaner/filter assembly. Placethe retaining clips (1) on theengine air cleaner/filterassembly and secure. The reartabs must be secured into thelower portion of the air cleaner/filter.

3. Reconnect the air duct andtighten the air duct clamp (2).

4. Reconnect the electricalconnector (3).

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.


Vehicle Care 247

Cooling System (Engine)

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)

{ Warning

The electric fans under the hoodcan start up even when theengine is not running and cancause injury. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolantsurge tank is boiling, do not doanything else until it cools down.The vehicle should be parked on alevel surface.

The coolant level should be up tothe cold fill line. If it is not, theremight be a leak at the radiatorhoses, heater hoses, radiator, waterpump, or somewhere else in thecooling system.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the vehicle if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

If there seems to be no leak, withthe engine on, check to see if thecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, the fans

should be running. If it is not, thevehicle needs service. Turn off thevehicle.

Cooling System (HighVoltage Battery)During vehicle operation and alsoduring charging, the high voltagebattery cells in the vehicle are keptwithin a normal operatingtemperature range. If thetemperature rises above thistemperature, the battery coolingsystem turns on the air conditioningcompressor and cools the coolantuntil the correct temperature isreached. If the temperature fallsbelow this temperature, a highvoltage heater, located in thebattery, heats the coolant until thecorrect temperature is reached.

What to Use

The high voltage battery coolantreservoir in the vehicle is required tobe filled with a 50/50 mixture ofDEX-COOL® engine coolant and


248 Vehicle Care

deionized water. If using thismixture, nothing else needs to beadded.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 319.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

The high voltage battery coolantreservoir is in the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 241.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe high voltage battery coolantreservoir. If coolant is visible but thecoolant level is below the cold fillline, there could be a leak in thecooling system.

The high voltage battery coolantshould only be serviced by aqualified technician.

Cooling System (PowerElectronics and ChargerModules)The power electronics and chargermodules are cooled using the samecoolant loop.

These modules are kept below amaximum temperature. If thetemperature rises above thistemperature, the electric coolingfans will turn on to cool the coolant.

What to Use

The coolant reservoir for thesemodules is filled with a 50/50 mixture of DEX-COOL engine

coolant and deionized water. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 327. If using thismixture, nothing else needs to beadded.

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 319.

Checking Coolant


The reservoir is in the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 241.


Vehicle Care 249

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe reservoir. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is below the coldfill line, there could be a leak in thecooling system.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Reservoir

If no problem is found, add theproper DEX-COOL coolant mixtureat the coolant reservoir.

The coolant reservoir pressure capcan be removed when the coolingsystem, including the pressure cap,is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure capcounterclockwise andremove it.

2. Fill the coolant reservoir withthe proper mixture to the coldfill line on the side of thereservoir.

3. Reinstall the pressure captightly.

Check the level in the coolantreservoir when the cooling systemhas cooled down. If the coolant isnot at the proper level, repeatSteps 1 and 2, then reinstall thepressure cap. If the coolant still isnot at the proper level when thesystem cools down again, see yourdealer.

Engine CoolantThe engine cooling system in thevehicle is filled with DEX-COOLengine coolant. The coolant needsto be replaced every 5 years or240 000 km (150,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 252.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of deionized water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of deionizedwater and DEX-COOL coolant.If using this mixture, nothing elseneeds to be added. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.


250 Vehicle Care

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much deionizedwater or clean drinkable watercan freeze and crack enginecooling parts. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Use only the propermixture of engine coolant for thecooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 327.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant


Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down. If coolant is visiblebut the coolant level is not at orabove the cold fill mark, add a 50/50 mixture of deionized water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank, but be sure the coolingsystem is cool before this is done.See Engine Overheating 0 252

The coolant reservoir is located onthe passenger side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 241.

The coolant level should be at orabove the cold fill line on thecoolant surge tank. If it is not, therecould be a leak in the coolingsystem.

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.


Vehicle Care 251

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

{ Warning

The electric fans under the hoodcan start up even when theengine is not running and cancause injury. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. They areunder pressure, and if you turnthe surge tank pressure

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cap— even a little— they cancome out at high speed. Neverturn the cap when the coolingsystem, including the surge tankpressure cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling system and surge tankpressure cap to cool if you everhave to turn the pressure cap.

If coolant is needed, add the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture at thecoolant surge tank.

The coolant surge tank pressurecap can be removed when thecooling system, including the surgetank pressure cap and upperradiator hose, is no longer hot.

1. Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If a hiss isheard, wait for that to stop.A hiss means there is stillsome pressure left.

2. Keep turning the cap andremove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to the coldfill line.

4. Replace the pressure cap. Besure the pressure cap ishand-tight and fully seated.


252 Vehicle Care

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Service 0 336.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, the fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the vehicleand have the vehicle serviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When adding windshield washerfluid to the vehicle, be sure to readthe manufacturer's instructionsbefore use. If operating the vehiclein an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 241 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion if

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 253

Caution (Continued)

freezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time when the vehicleis moving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 331.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 241 for the location of thereservoir.


254 Vehicle Care

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutchhydraulic system. Have thebrake/clutch hydraulic systemfixed. With a leak, the brakes willnot work well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove brake fluid,as necessary, only when work isdone on the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 114.

Checking Brake Fluid

Check brake fluid by looking at thebrake fluid reservoir. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 241.

With the vehicle not running for atleast one minute, the maximum fluidlevel (1) is at the top of the reservoirbody. With the vehicle running, thefluid level should be in the properoperating range (2) between theMIN and MAX marks. If it is not,have the brake hydraulic systemchecked to see if there is a leak.

After work is done on the brakehydraulic system, make sure thelevel, with the vehicle running, is inthe proper operating range (2)between the MIN and MAX marks.


Vehicle Care 255

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 327.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.

High Voltage Battery

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

See “If a Crash Occurs” underCollision Damage Repair 0 340 andHigh Voltage Safety Information0 21. If an airbag has inflated, seeWhat Will You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 69.

{ Warning

Damage to the high voltagebattery or high voltage systemcan create a risk of electric shock,overheating, or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from amoderate to severe crash, flood,fire, or other event, the vehicleshould be inspected as soon aspossible. Until the vehicle hasbeen inspected, store it outside atleast 15 m (50 ft) from anystructure or anything that canburn. Ventilate the vehicle byopening a window or a door.

Contact Customer Assistance assoon as possible to determinewhether an inspection is needed.See Customer Assistance Offices0 335.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if the high voltage batteryneeds service. The dealer has


256 Vehicle Care

information on how to recycle thehigh voltage battery. There is alsoinformation available at http://www.recyclemybattery.com.

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep the highvoltage battery temperature readyfor the next drive. This is importantwhen outside temperatures areextremely hot or cold.

A vehicle cover, which can reducesun loading on the vehicle andimprove high voltage battery life, isavailable from your dealer.

12-Volt Battery

The 12-volt battery is in the trunk,under the center compartmentcover. Refer to the replacementnumber shown on the originalbattery label when a new 12-voltbattery is needed. The vehicle hasan Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM)12-volt battery. Installation of astandard 12-volt battery will result inreduced 12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGM

battery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts. Follow the chargermanufacturer's instructions.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. See CaliforniaProposition 65 Warning 0 235.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 299 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Up to four weeks

. Plug in the high voltage batterycharge cord if temperatures willexceed 35 °C (95 °F) and keepthe 12-volt battery cablesconnected.

Four weeks to 12 months

. Discharge the high voltagebattery until two or three barsremain on the battery rangeindicator (Battery symbol) on theinstrument cluster.

. Do not plug in the high voltagebattery charge cord.


Vehicle Care 257

. Remove the black negative (−)cable from the 12-volt battery.Attach a trickle charger to thebattery terminals or keep the12-volt battery cables connectedand trickle charge from theunderhood remote positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. SeeJump Starting - North America0 299 for the location of theseterminals.

Caution

The vehicle is equipped with anAGM/VRLA 12-volt battery, whichcan be damaged by using theincorrect type of trickle charger.An AGM/VRLA-compatiblecharger must be used, with theappropriate setting selected.Follow the trickle chargermanufacturer instructions.

After the battery cable isreconnected, it is possible that thevehicle may not operate in ElectricMode. If this happens, the highvoltage battery may need to becharged.

Electric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake0 193.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the vehicle off and thebrake not applied, press andhold POWER O for more thanfive seconds to place thevehicle in Service Only Mode.

See Power Button 0 180.Without applying the regularbrake, try to move the shiftlever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.


258 Vehicle Care

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe Electric Parking Brake (EPB).

. To check the EPB's holdingability: With the propulsionsystem active and the electricdrive unit in N (Neutral), slowlyremove foot pressure from theregular brake pedal. Do this untilthe vehicle is held by theEPB only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the propulsion systemactive, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the EPB followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See the Maintenance Schedule0 319.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 328.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector,and pull the wiper blade awayfrom the arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.


Vehicle Care 259

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs0 260.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Back-Up Lamps

1. Back-Up Bulb Socket

2. Back-Up Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Reach under the rear fasciaand locate the back-up lampassembly.

2. Remove the bulb socket (1) byturning counterclockwise andpulling straight out of the lampassembly (2).

3. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

4. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

5. Install the bulb socket byturning clockwise.


260 Vehicle Care

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

1. Bulb Socket

2. Bulb3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the lamp assembly (3)toward the right.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the releasetab locks into place.

Replacement BulbsLamp Bulb

Number

Back-Up Lamp 921 (W16W)

LicensePlate Lamp

W5W LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.


Vehicle Care 261

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ Warning


High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectthe following in the vehicle:

. Headlamp Wiring

. Windshield Wiper Motor

. Power Windows and otherPower Accessories

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have the

headlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand the wiper control is turned off.After removal of the blockage, thewiper motor will restart when thecontrol is then moved to the desiredoperating position.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice, maycause wiper damage. Always clearice and heavy snow from thewindshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.


262 Vehicle Care

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To open the fuse block cover, pressthe clips at the front and back androtate the cover up to the side.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

A fuse puller is in the enginecompartment fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

1 15A Engine controlmodule –switchedpower

2 7.5A Emissions

3 – Not used


Vehicle Care 263

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

4 15A Ignition coils,injectors

5 10A Column lock

6a – Empty

6b – Empty

7 – Empty

8 – Empty

9 7.5A Heated mirrors

10 5A Air conditioningcontrol module

11 7.5A Traction powerinvertermodule –battery

12 – Not used

13 10A Cabin heaterpump andvalve

14 7.5A Powersounder,intrusioninclination

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

15 15A Traction powerinvertermodule andtransmissioncontrol module– battery

17 5A Engine controlmodule –battery

22 10A Left high-beamheadlamp

24 – Empty

25 – Empty

26 – Not used

31 5A Adaptive cruisecontrol, autoheadlamp

32 5A Vehicleintegrationcontrol module

33 10A Run, crank forheatedsteering wheel

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

34 10A Vehicleintegrationcontrol module– battery

35 – Not used

36 10A Powerelectronicscoolant pump

37 5A Cabin heatercontrol module

38 10A Rechargeableenergy storagesystem (highvoltagebattery)coolant pump

39 10A Rechargeableenergy storagesystem (highvoltagebattery) controlmodule

40 10A Frontwindshieldwasher pump


264 Vehicle Care

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

41 10A Righthigh-beamheadlamp

46 – Empty

47 – Empty

49 – Empty

50 10A Run, crank –rear visioncamera/Accessorypower module

51 7.5A Run, crank forABS/AeroShutter/VITM

52 5A Engine controlmodule/Transmissioncontrol module– run, crank

53 7.5A Traction powerinvertermodule – run,crank

MiniFuses

Amps Usage

54 7.5A Run, crank –fuel systemcontrol module/Air conditioningcontrol module/On boardcharger/Instrumentcluster/Automaticoccupantsensing/Mirrors

J-CaseFuses

Amps Usage

16 – Empty

18 30A Reardefoggerlower grid

19 30A Powerwindow –front

20 – Empty

J-CaseFuses

Amps Usage

21 30A Antilockbrake systemelectroniccontrol unit

23 – Empty

27 – Empty

28 – Empty

29 30A Front wipers

30 60A Antilockbrake systemmotor

42 30A Cooling fan –right

43 30A Front wipers

44 40A Charger

45 – Empty

48 30A Cooling fan– left

Mini Relays Usage

3 Powertrain


Vehicle Care 265

Mini Relays Usage

4 Heated mirrors, reardefogger

7 Empty

9 Empty

11 Empty

12 Empty

13 Empty

14 Run, crank

MicroRelays

Usage

1 Empty

2 Empty

6 Empty

8 Empty

10 Empty

Ultra MicroRelays

Usage

5 Empty

Instrument Panel FuseBlock (Left Side)

The left instrument panel fuse blockis on the left side end of theinstrument panel, behind the endcap. To access the fuses, insert aplastic tool between the end paneland the instrument panel, andcarefully release the end capretaining clips. When all clips arereleased, remove the panel.

To reinstall the door, insert theforward edge hook feature, andpress around the edges of the endcap to reengage all of the clips.


266 Vehicle Care



Fuses Amps Usage

F1 20A Power outlet,cigarettelighter – topof IPstorage bin

F2 15A Infotainment(HMI, CD)

F3 10A Instrumentcluster

Fuses Amps Usage

F4 10A Infotainmentdisplay/Steeringwheel controlswitches

F5 10A Heating,ventilation, &airconditioning

F6 10A Airbag(sensingdiagnosticmodule,

Fuses Amps Usage

passengersensingmodule)

F7 15A Data linkconnector, left(primary)

F8 10A Column lock

F9 10A OnStar

F10 15A Body controlmodule 1/Body controlmoduleelectronics/Keylessentry/Powermoding/Center highmountedstoplamp/License platelamps/Leftdaytimerunning lamp/Left parkinglamps/Trunkrelease relaycontrol/


Vehicle Care 267

Fuses Amps Usage

Washer pumprelay control/Switchindicatorlights

F11 15A Body controlmodule 4/Leftheadlamp

F12 – Empty

F13 – Empty

F14 – Empty

F15 20A Power outlet(insideconsole bin)

F16 5A Wirelesscharger

F17 – Empty

F18 – Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Retained accessorypower relay forpower outlets

R2 Empty

Relays Usage

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

Diodes Usage

Diode Empty

Instrument Panel FuseBlock (Right Side)

The right instrument panel fuseblock is on the right side end of theinstrument panel, behind the endcap. To access the fuses, insert aplastic tool between the end panel

and the instrument panel, andcarefully release the end capretaining clips. When all clips arereleased, remove the panel.

To reinstall the door, insert theforward edge hook feature, andpress around the edges of the endcap to reengage all of the clips.


268 Vehicle Care



Fuses Amps Usage

F1 2A Steeringwheel switch

F2 10A Autoheadlampleveling

F3 10A Motorizedcupholder

Fuses Amps Usage

F4 15A Body controlmodule 3/Rightheadlamp

F5 7.5A Body controlmodule 2/Body controlmoduleelectronics/Trunk lamp/Right daytimerunning lamp/Shifter lock,switchbacklighting

Fuses Amps Usage

F6 15A Tilt,telescopingcolumn

F7 7.5A Body controlmodule 6,map lights,courtesylights, back-up lamp

F8 15A Body controlmodule 7, leftfront turnsignal, rightrear stop andturnsignal lamp

F9 – Empty

F10 15A Data linkconnector,right(secondary)

F11 7.5A Universalremotesystem/Rainsensor/Frontcamera


Vehicle Care 269

Fuses Amps Usage

F12 30A Blower motor

F13 – Empty

F14 – Empty

F15 – Empty

F16 10A Glove box

F17 – Empty

F18 – Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Empty

R2 Glove box door

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

Diodes Usage

DIODE Empty

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

There are two rear compartmentfuse blocks, located on the left sideof the trunk behind a cover.


270 Vehicle Care


Fuses Amps Usage

F1 – Empty

F2 15A Fuel systemcontrolmodule

F3 5A Passive entry,passive start

Fuses Amps Usage

F4 15A Heated seats

F5 2A Regulatedvoltagecontrol,currentsensor

Fuses Amps Usage

F6 10A Fuel (diurnalvalve andevap. leakcheckmodule)

F7 15A Accessorypowermodulecooling fan

F8 30A Amplifier

F9 – Empty

F10 5A Regulatedvoltagecontrol/Frontand rearparkingassist, sideblind zone

F11 15A Horn

F12 – Empty

F13 30A Electricparking brake

F14 30A Rear defog(upper grid)

F15 – Empty


Vehicle Care 271

Fuses Amps Usage

F16 10A Trunk release

F17 – Empty

F18 – Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Rear defog(upper grid)

R2 Trunk release

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

R5 Empty

R6 Empty

R7/R8 Horn

Diodes Usage

DIODE Empty

Fuses Amps Usage

F1 – Empty

F2 15A Radio

F3 10A Pedestriansafety signal

F4 10A CDC

F5 10A Memory seatmodule

F6 – Empty

F7 10A Mirror,window, seatswitch

Fuses Amps Usage

F8 20A Passive entry,passivestart 2

F9 15A Heatedseat 2

F10 – Empty

F11 – Empty

F12 30A Driverpower seat

F13 30A Passengerpower seat

F14 – Empty


272 Vehicle Care

Fuses Amps Usage

F15 – Empty

F16 – Empty

F17 – Empty

F18 – Empty

Relays Usage

R1 Empty

R2 Empty

R3 Empty

R4 Empty

Diodes Usage

DIODE Empty

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 273

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfaces

and weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 273.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealer

for details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 286.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.


274 Vehicle Care

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 273.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not in

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

use. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 284.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.


Vehicle Care 275

GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,

tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 288.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.


276 Vehicle Care

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories are, electricdrive unit, power windows,power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 279.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.


Vehicle Care 277

Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 177.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs). See VehicleLoad Limits 0 177.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommended


278 Vehicle Care

tire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 279 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 177.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 285.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 288.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehicle'scapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 177.


Vehicle Care 279

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 177.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a monthor more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tiresare cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the center


280 Vehicle Care

of the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle has

tires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has

not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or


Vehicle Care 281

alternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 281.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lighton the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 131.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 177, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 279.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 284, Tire Rotation 0 284 and Tires0 272.


282 Vehicle Care

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 292 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes for

about one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire,if equipped. The spare tire doesnot have a TPMS sensor. Themalfunction light and DICmessage should go off after theroad tire is replaced and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. See“TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess” later in this section.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 286.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stay on.


Vehicle Care 283

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power modein ON/RUN. See Power Button0 180.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo display option is turned on.The info displays on the DICcan be turned on and offthrough the Settings menu.See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 131.

4. Use the five-way DIC controlon the right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 131.

5. Press and hold the SEL buttonin the center of the five-wayDIC control.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat Step 7. Thehorn sounds two times toindicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longer


284 Vehicle Care

active. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Shut the ignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). The firstrotation is the most important.See Maintenance Schedule0 319.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 285 and WheelReplacement 0 289.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 279 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 177.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 281.


Vehicle Care 285

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 331.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it isfastened, can make wheelnuts become loose after atime. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places wherethe wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can beused, however, use a scraperor wire brush to remove allrust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not get

grease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)

or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 284 and Tire Rotation0 284.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight to


286 Vehicle Care

slow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC spec numberwill be followed by MS, for mudand snow. Although developedto comply with GM's TPC Spec,vehicles equipped with 245/40R20 Dunlop tires will not havea TPC Spec number moldedonto the sidewall. See TireSidewall Labeling 0 274.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation and

maintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 284. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y, and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.


Vehicle Care 287

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tire on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,

load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 280.

The Tire and LoadingInformation Label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 177, for the label location andmore information about the Tireand Loading Information label.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle has

electronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 286 andAccessories and Modifications0 235.


288 Vehicle Care

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements and

additional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires depends

upon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.


Vehicle Care 289

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,

underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, and offset, andshould be mounted the same wayas the one it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It could

(Continued)


290 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

affect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tireclearance to the body andchassis.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on studsor the threads of the wheel nuts.The wheel nuts might come looseand the wheel could fall off,causing a crash.

{ Warning

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose andeven come off. This could lead toa crash. Be sure to use thecorrect wheel nuts. If you have toreplace them, be sure to get newGM original equipmentwheel nuts.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.


Vehicle Care 291

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatThis vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit. See Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit 0 292. There isno spare tire, no tire changingequipment, and no place to storea tire.

To properly lift this vehicle, seeLifting the Vehicle 0 236.

It is unusual for a tire to blowoutwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 272. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there ever is a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire willcreate a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction as

used in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place and stopping, welloff the road, if possible.


292 Vehicle Care

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 157.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 183.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Inspect the flat tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a puncture larger than6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is tooseverely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside Service0 336.

If the tire has a puncture less than6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread area ofthe tire, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 292.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Running the engine in ExtendedRange Mode in an enclosed areawith poor ventilation is dangerous.Engine exhaust may enter thevehicle. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath. Never run the engine inExtended Range Mode in anenclosed area that has no freshair ventilation. For moreinformation, see Engine Exhaust0 190.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealant

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire, tire changing equipment,and on some vehicles there may notbe a place to store a tire.


Vehicle Care 293

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside Service0 336.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button

3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button

(If equipped)5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button

(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See


294 Vehicle Care

“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in a

heated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 157.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 291 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 299.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.


Vehicle Care 295

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 101.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 279.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideService 0 336.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire;therefore, Steps 12–18 must bedone immediately afterStep 11.


296 Vehicle Care

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.

16. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside Service 0 336.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommended

inflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

23. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin a 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.


Vehicle Care 297

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 157.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 291 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 299.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the tire valve stemcap from the flat tire by turningit counterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7)onto the tire valve stem byturning it clockwise until it istight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 101.


298 Vehicle Care

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 279.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4), if equipped, until theproper pressure reading isreached. This option is onlyfunctional when using the aironly hose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tire valve stem byturning it counterclockwise, andreplace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in their originallocations.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.


Vehicle Care 299

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove thecanister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the trunk. See Trunk0 41.

2. Lift and remove the cover.

3. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaJump starting is connecting jumpercables between the two vehicles toenable vehicle starting. If the ELR oranother vehicle has a run-down12-volt battery, it can be jumpstarted using good condition jumpercables.

{ Warning

The high voltage battery cannotbe jump started either withanother vehicle or batterycharger. Personal injury, death,or damage to the vehicle couldresult.


300 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. See CaliforniaProposition 65 Warning 0 235.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

{ Warning

Electric fans can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fans.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

Jump Starting the ELR

If the ELR will not start, the 12-voltbattery may be run down. To jumpstart the ELR, jumper cables areconnected directly to the positive (+)and negative (−) terminals on the12-volt battery in the rearcargo area.

1. Positive (+) Terminal2. Negative (−) Terminal

1. The other vehicle used to jumpstart the ELR must have a12-volt battery with a negativeground system.


Vehicle Care 301

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Park both vehicles closeenough so that the jumpercables can reach both vehicles'positive (+) and negative (−)terminals. The vehicles mustnot touch each other. It couldcause an unwanted groundconnection that could damageboth vehicles' electricalsystems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park)for an automatic transmissionor electric drive unit. For amanual transmission, place thevehicle in Neutral and set theparking brake.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off the ignition on theother vehicle. Turn off theradio, all lamps, andaccessories that are notneeded in both vehicles.Unplug accessories from thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlets. Thisavoids sparks and helps saveboth batteries and accessories.

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on theother vehicle.

5. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) battery terminalson the ELR. The access coveris under the load floor access

cover in the rear cargo area.Open the access covers for thepositive (+) terminal (1) and thenegative (−) terminal (2).

6. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation or a shock couldresult and the vehicles couldbe damaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)jumper cable goes topositive (+) battery terminal ora remote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Negative (−) jumpercable goes to negative (−)battery terminal or a remotenegative (−) terminal ifavailable. Do not connectpositive (+) to negative (−) orthere will be a short that maydamage the battery and otherparts of the vehicle.


302 Vehicle Care

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal (1) of the ELR. Do notlet the other end of the cabletouch metal.

2. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal of theother vehicle.

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to the negative(−) battery terminal of the other

vehicle battery. Do not let theother end touch anything untilthe next step.

4. Connect the other end of theblack negative (−) jumper cableto the negative (−) terminal (2)of the ELR.

5. Press the POWER O button tostart. This will wake up theelectronics on the ELR. Afterthe instrument clusterinitializes, the ELR will usepower from the high voltagebattery to charge the 12-voltbattery. The jumper cables canthen be disconnected. If theELR does not start, call yourdealer or Roadside Service.See Roadside Service 0 336.

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the black negative(−) jumper cable from the ELR.Do not let the other end of thecable touch anything until afterthe next step.

2. Disconnect the black negative(−) jumper cable from the othervehicle with the good battery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle. Do not let the otherend of the cable touch anythinguntil after the next step.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the ELR.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Jump Starting Another Vehicle

When using the ELR to jump startanother vehicle with a run-downbattery, jumper cables areconnected directly to the positive (+)and negative (−) terminals on the12-volt battery in the rearcargo area.


Vehicle Care 303

1. Positive (+) Terminal2. Negative (−) Terminal

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Park both vehicles closeenough so that the jumpercables can reach both vehicles'positive (+) and negative (−)terminals. The vehicles mustnot touch each other. It couldcause an unwanted groundconnection that could damageboth vehicles' electricalsystems.

Put both vehicles in P (Park)for an automatic transmissionor electric drive unit. For amanual transmission, place thevehicle in Neutral and set theparking brake.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn off both vehicles. Turn offthe radio, all lamps, andaccessories that are notneeded in both vehicles.Unplug accessories from thecigarette lighter or theaccessory power outlets. Thisavoids sparks and helps saveboth batteries and accessories.

4. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminals on thevehicle with the run-downbattery.

5. Locate the positive (+) andnegative (−) battery terminalson the ELR. The access coveris under the load floor accesscover in the rear cargo area.Open the access covers for thepositive (+) terminal (1) and thenegative (−) terminal (2).

6. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation or a shock couldresult and the vehicles couldbe damaged.

Before connecting the jumpercables, here are some basicthings to know. Positive (+)


304 Vehicle Care

jumper cable goes topositive (+) battery terminal ora remote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Negative (−) jumpercable goes to remote negative(−) terminal if available, or aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or a solid engine groundon the vehicle with therun-down battery.

Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or there will be ashort that may damage thebattery or other parts of thevehicle. Do not connect thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal on therun-down battery because thiscan cause sparks.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

1. Connect the red positive (+)jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal of the other vehiclewith the run-down battery. Usea remote positive (+) terminal ifavailable. Do not let the otherend touch metal.

2. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) jumper cable tothe positive (+) battery terminalof the ELR.

3. Connect the black negative (−)jumper cable to the negative(−) battery terminal of the ELR.Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step.

4. Make the final connection to aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or to the remote negative

(−) terminal on the othervehicle with the run-downbattery.

5. Press the POWER O button tostart the ELR. This will wake upthe electronics on the ELR.The engine will only start if it isneeded.

6. Try to start the other vehiclethat had the run-down battery.If it will not start after a fewtries, it probably needs service.

Disconnecting the Jumper Cables

1. Disconnect the black negative(−) jumper cable from the othervehicle that had the run-downbattery. Do not let the otherend of the cable touch anythinguntil after the next step.

2. Disconnect the black negative(−) jumper cable from the ELR.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the ELR. Donot let the other end of thecable touch anything until afterthe next step.


Vehicle Care 305

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)jumper cable from the othervehicle.

5. Return the positive (+) andnegative (−) terminal covers totheir original positions.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage to thevehicle. The disabled vehicleshould be towed on a flatbed carcarrier. Use care when there islow ground clearance and/orspecial equipment. Attempting topull the vehicle onto a flatbedwithout following the proper stepscould damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

To load a vehicle onto a flatbedcarrier:

1. The vehicle must be on a flatsurface.

2. The front tires must be properlyinflated. If necessary, move arear tire to the front to replacea flat or damaged tire.

3. Place the tow chain hooks (2)into one of the torque boxopenings (1) behind the frontwheels.


306 Vehicle Care

4. Place a 1.2 m (4 ft) X 102 mm(4 in) X 102 mm (4 in) woodbeam (4) under the front cradlecrossmember (3), and on top ofboth tow chains (5) to ensurethe tow chains do not comeinto contact with the frontfascia (1).

Try to minimize the contact ofthe chains with the flexibleair dam (2).

5. Ramps (2) are required for thefront fascia (3) to clear theflatbed (1). The ramp heightshould be approximately102 mm (4 in). Lower theflatbed onto the set of ramps.

Caution

If ramps are not used, the frontfascia will come into contact withthe flatbed and may causedamage. Always use ramps.

6. After the front tires are on theflatbed, adjust the flatbedupward to provide additionalclearance between the air dam,fascia, and flatbed.

7. When the fascia has enoughclearance to clear the flatbed,lower the flatbed, and finishpulling the vehicle onto theflatbed.

8. Use the proper nylon strapharnesses around the tires tosecure them to the flatbed carcarrier.

If the vehicle is parked off theshoulder of the road, at an anglethat it cannot be pulled onto aflatbed, a hook/chain can be placedinto either of the front torque boxopenings to pull the vehicle onto aflat surface. Make sure that thechains do not come in contact withthe rocker panel (1) or the frontfascia (2).


Vehicle Care 307

Caution

When using tow straps to movethe vehicle, damage may occur ifthe tow straps contact the rearfascia. Do not let the tow strapscontact the rear fascia.

If you cannot access the fronttorque box openings, wrap a towstrap through one, or both of therear trailing arms (1) between thebushing and torque tube, and pullthe vehicle onto a flat surface. Donot wrap the tow strap around therear torque tube (2).

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing refers totowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. The towing capacity of thetowing vehicle. Read the towvehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far the vehicle can betowed. Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Whether the vehicle has theproper towing equipment. Seeyour dealer or trailering

professional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Whether the vehicle is ready tobe towed. Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to theelectric drive unit. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If using a shield,only use one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.


308 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, the driveunit could be damaged. Repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not tow thevehicle with all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must be

towed, a dolly should be used. Seethe information on dolly towingfollowing.

Dolly Towing from the Front

The vehicle can be towed from thefront using a dolly. To tow thevehicle using a dolly:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer's instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto thedolly.

3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake andremove the key.

5. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

8. Check for adequate rear fasciato ground clearance.

Dolly Towing from the Rear


Vehicle Care 309

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rear,with the front wheels on theground, could damage the driveunit, and front fascia. Do not towthe vehicle from the rear with thefront wheels on the ground.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 327.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

This symbole is on anyunderhood compartment electricalcenter that should not be powerwashed. This could cause damagethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.


310 Vehicle Care

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.

If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.


Vehicle Care 311

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Front Air Deflector

1. Outer Air Deflector2. Inner Air Deflector3. Tab4. Slot

The front air deflector directs theairflow under the vehicle.

If it becomes detached, insert thetab into the slot. Repeat for theother side.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.


312 Vehicle Care

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfaces

can be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 327.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaning

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 313

Caution (Continued)

brushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect other brake parts,including drums, wheel cylinders,calipers, parking brake, mastercylinder, brake fluid reservoir,vacuum pipes, electric vacuumpump including bracket and venthose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinge unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush dirt anddebris from the vehicle's underbody.Your dealer or an underbody carwashing system can do this. If notremoved, rust and corrosion candevelop.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosion

material to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. Refer to “Finish Care”previously in this section.


314 Vehicle Care

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.


Vehicle Care 315

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


316 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals can

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 317

Warning (Continued)

cause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


318 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 318

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 319

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 329

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oil

changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more


Service and Maintenance 319

frequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 177.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 229.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 238.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 242.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 279.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 284.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 252.

. Engine, power electronics, andhigh voltage battery packcoolant level checks. SeeCooling System (High VoltageBattery) 0 247 or CoolingSystem (Power Electronics andCharger Modules) 0 248 orCooling System (Engine) 0 247.



Engine Oil Change

Every 24 months or when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage displays, change theengine oil and filter as soon aspossible, within the next 1 000 km/600 mi. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least onceevery 24 months. After each oil andfilter change, the oil life system mustbe reset. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 244. More frequentchanges may be required when thevehicle is exposed to a corrosiveenvironment, such as areas of highhumidity, along an ocean coast,and/or areas that apply road saltduring winter.

Your trained dealer technician canperform this work. If the engine oillife system is reset accidentally,service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service.Reset the oil life system when theoil is changed.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 284.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 242 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 244.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 249.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 252.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 309. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper Blade Replacement0 258.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 279.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 284.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 245.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 309.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 309.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 63.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.



. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 309.

. Check electric drive unit shiftlock control function. SeeElectric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check 0 257.

. Check parking brake and electricdrive unit mechanism. See ParkBrake and P (Park) MechanismCheck 0 257.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 292.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Replace Master Service Disconnect (MSD). @ @ @

Drain and fill engine, power electronics, and highvoltage battery cooling systems. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is driven in areas with heavytraffic, areas with poor air quality,or areas with high dust levels.

Replacement may also be needed ifthere is a reduction in air flow,excessive window fogging, or odors.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) 0 247 orCooling System (Power Electronicsand Charger Modules) 0 248 orCooling System (Engine) 0 247.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change electric drive unit fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Replace Master Service Disconnect (MSD). @ @ @

Drain and fill engine, power electronics, and highvoltage battery cooling systems. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentreplacement may be needed if thevehicle is driven in areas with heavytraffic, areas with poor air quality,or areas with high dust levels.

Replacement may also be needed ifthere is a reduction in air flow,excessive window fogging, or odors.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor linesand hoses for proper hook-up,routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.



(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System(High Voltage Battery) 0 247 orCooling System (Power Electronicsand Charger Modules) 0 248 orCooling System (Engine) 0 247.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every 5 000 km/3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 309.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.



Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 327 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.



Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 314 andExterior Care 0 309.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAEviscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approvedengine oil. See Engine Oil 0 242.

Engine Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL® (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456). SeeEngine Coolant 0 249.

High Voltage Battery Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456).

Power Electronics Cooling System Premix DEX-COOL (GM Part No. 12378390, in Canada 10953456).

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Electric Drive Unit DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and TrunkHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20871244 A3148C

Engine Oil Filter 55352643 PF65

Spark Plugs 55585534 41-122

Wiper Blades

Driver – 65 cm (25.6 in) 23184313 —

Passenger – 65 cm (25.6 in) 23184314 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed


330 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 332

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 331 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThe label is on the rearcompartment storage floor and hasthe following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


Technical Data 331

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. Refer to Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 327 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant chargetype and amount, see the refrigerant label underthe hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling Systems

Engine 7.3 L 7.7 qt

High Voltage Battery 6.0 L 6.4 qt

Power Electronics 2.8 L 3.0 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 3.5 L 3.7 qt

Fuel Tank 35.2 L 9.3 gal

Electric Drive Unit 8.45 L 8.93 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual.


332 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Electric Drive Unit Spark Plug Gap

1.4L L4 4 Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.027 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing


Customer Information 333

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 335

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 336Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 340Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 345OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 346

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service orparts manager, contact the owner ofyour dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


334 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer AssistanceCenter at 855-422-3357 (855 4 CADELR). In Canada, call the CanadianCadillac Customer Care Centre at1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Cadillac,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line/

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of Canada



Limited wants you to be aware of itsparticipation in a no-chargemediation/arbitration program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program provides forthe review of the facts involved byan impartial third party arbiter, andmay include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The program isdesigned so that the entire disputesettlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the finaldecision, should be completed inapproximately 70 days. We believeour impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe Cadillac Customer Care Centre,1-888-446-2000, or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesCadillac encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Cadillac,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1–855–422-3357 (855 4 CAD ELR)1-800-833-2622 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-888–811–1926

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCanadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user can



communicate with Cadillac bydialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online ownerexperience allows interaction withCadillac and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E (Vehicle Information) :Download owner manuals and viewvehicle-specific how-to videos.

G (Maintenance Information) :View maintenance schedules andOnStar vehicle diagnosticinformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I (Service History) : Viewprintable dealer-recorded servicerecords and self-recorded servicerecords.

D (Preferred DealerInformation) : Select a dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r (Warranty TrackingInformation) : Track the vehicle’swarranty information.

J (Recall Information) : Viewactive recalls or search by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 330.

H (Other Account Information) :View GM Card, SiriusXM Satelliteradio, and OnStar accountinformation.

F (Live Chat Support) : Chat withonline help representatives.

w (Charging and Efficiency) :View the battery status, charginginformation, and mileage history.

x (Remote Commands) :Remotely start/stop the vehicle,activate the horn and lights alert,and lock/unlock the vehicle.Requires an Android™ or iPhone®

and an active OnStar subscription.

See my.cadillac.com to register thevehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre(Canada) cadillacowner.ca

Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeature Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find Cadillac-recommendedmaintenance services.

Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-888–811-1926.

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.Only): 1-888-889-2438.



Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided up to 6 years/110 000 km (70,000 mi), whichevercomes first.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Service program at anytime without notification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.

For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest certified ELR or Voltdealer for warranty service, or ifthe vehicle was in a crash andcannot be driven. Assistance isnot given when the vehicle isstuck in the sand, mud, or snow.

Emergency towing may becovered for the duration of theExtended Range Electric Vehicle(EREV) component warranty.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the tiresealant and compressor kit.If the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a largepuncture, the tire is too severelydamaged for the tire sealant andcompressor kit to be effectiveand the vehicle will have to betowed. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.



. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyfailure, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed during thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are hotel,meals, and rental car or avehicle being delivered back tothe customer, up to 500 miles.

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional RoadsideService is more than an auto club ortowing service. It provides everyCadillac owner in the United Stateswith the advantage of contacting aCadillac advisor and, whereavailable, a Cadillac trained dealertechnician who can provide on-siteservice.

A dealer technician will travel toyour location within a 30-mile radiusof a participating Cadillacdealership. If beyond this radius, wewill arrange to have your car towedto the nearest Cadillac dealership.

Each technician travels with aspecially equipped service vehiclecomplete with the necessaryCadillac parts and tools required tohandle most roadside repairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization,original detailed receipts, and acopy of the repair orders arerequired. Once authorization hasbeen received, the RoadsideService advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the Roadside Serviceadvisor may give you permissionto get local emergency roadservice. You will receivepayment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered,however any cost for parts andlabor for repairs not covered bythe warranty are the owner’sresponsibility.



Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada), andextended powertrain in both theU.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.



Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safety

are preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New Vehicle



Limited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will not

specify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Service 0 336.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.



In a crash, the sensing system mayshut down the high voltage system.See Battery - North America 0 255for important safety information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 69.

If the vehicle is damaged from acrash, flood, fire, or other event itmay be necessary to have thevehicle inspected. See Battery -North America 0 255 and HighVoltage Safety Information 0 21 forimportant safety information.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, electric drive unit, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.



In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyBooklet.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 to$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visitHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.



Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.

However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify General

Motors of Canada Limited. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-458-8006, or write:

Cadillac Customer AssistanceCenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Limited1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Onatario L1H 8P7



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andelectric drive unit performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and to deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 351.

Infotainment SystemUsing the navigation system mayresult in the storage of destinations,addresses, telephone numbers, andother trip information. See theinfotainment manual for informationon stored data and for deletioninstructions.


OnStar 347

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 351

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paidsubscription. OnStar requires thevehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar’s Terms &

Conditions and Privacy Statementfor more details including systemlimitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Qtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.


348 OnStar

. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot nameor SSID and password,if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive an On-DemandDiagnostics check of thevehicle’s key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyOnStar Emergency Services requirea specific OnStar subscription plan.With Automatic Crash Response, inmany crashes, built-in sensors canautomatically alert a speciallytrained OnStar Advisor who isimmediately connected to thevehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being started.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar subscription plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.


OnStar 349

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Destination Download

Subscribers can have directionssent to the vehicle’s navigationscreen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, press the Go buttonon the navigation screen to begindriving directions. Routes that aresent to the navigation screen canonly be canceled through thenavigation system.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type


350 OnStar

(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App(If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple®,Android™, BlackBerry®,or Windows® mobile devices.OnStar Subscribers can access thefollowing services from a mobiledevice:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

At Your Service®

OnStar Advisors can providesavings offers from restaurants andretailers on your route, help locatehotels, or book a room.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.


OnStar 351

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

Vehicle DiagnosticsOnStar can perform a monthlycheck of your vehicle’s keyoperating systems, electric driveunit, antilock brakes, and othermajor vehicle systems. OnStar canalso monitor tire pressure, if thevehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System. If anOn-Demand Diagnostics check isneeded, pressQ to speak to anAdvisor.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages state importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Services,Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar terms andconditions:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


352 OnStar

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for five dayswithout an ignition cycle. If the


OnStar 353

vehicle has not been started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 233. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacy


354 OnStar

statement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that the

above copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.


OnStar 355

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of a

self-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use of


356 OnStar

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Index 357

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 202Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 233Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .52Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 245Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Passenger Sensing System . . . .70What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Airbag System (cont'd)Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .66

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Passenger Status Indicator . . . .111Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 216

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 193Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 210

AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 156


358 Index

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Battery - North America . . . .255, 299Battery and ChargingMessages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Battery GaugeHigh Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 258BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .114

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . 195System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 180Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 260

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 229Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .235, 255, 299

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 95Center Stack Display . . . . . . . . . . . 120Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226ChargingDelay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Electrical Requirements . . . . . . 228Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Programmable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Utility Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Charging Status Screens . . . . . . . 222Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 111CheckMalfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .78Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 91Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 340CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 199Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 292ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349


Index 359

Continuous DampingControl (CDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . .247, 248Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 202Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 335Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 342

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 340Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 345Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Delayed Charging Override . . . . . 222Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40DisplayCenter Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 332Drive Mode Messages . . . . . . . . . . 136

Drive UnitElectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 210Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . . 108Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 213Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 175If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 177Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 173Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 177Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162


360 Index

EEasy Entry Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Electric Drive Unit Messages . . . 136Electric Drive Unit Shift LockControl Function Check . . . . . . . 257

Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 193Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 114Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Electrical Requirements forBattery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265, 267

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Energy EfficiencyDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Engine (cont'd)Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 241Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . 247, 248Cooling System Messages . . . 136Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 191

Engine UnavailableOut of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 345Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Extended Range Mode . . . . . . . . . 185Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 154Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 156Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 157Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316FluidBrakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Front SeatsHeated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107


Index 361

Fuel (cont'd)Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .118Requirements, California . . . . . 229System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Function CheckElectric Drive Unit ShiftLock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265, 267

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 150Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

GaugesBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 318Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

HHazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 157Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . .118High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 156Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . .119

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . . 107High Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 175Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

IImmobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

InformationEnergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 46Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 137Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .31

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30


362 Index

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 274LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 156Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . .112Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 217Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . . 236LightReady Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 158LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .114Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . .114Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . .116

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .117Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 156Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . .115Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 109Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Lights (cont'd)Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . .116

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 118Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 319


Index 363

Maintenance Schedule (cont'd)Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 112Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 136Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Object Detection System . . . . . 138Propulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 140Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 142Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Messages (cont'd)Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 46Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Extended Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

ModesDriver Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 180

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 244Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 76Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 336OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 349OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 348OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348OnStar® Vehicle Diagnostics . . . 351OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . 342

Out of Fuel/EngineUnavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188


364 Index

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 257

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 185Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 210

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 70Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . . . . 98Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 235

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220PowerButton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Power (cont'd)Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 183Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 62PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 345

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 339

Programmable Charging . . . . . . . . 121Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .235, 255, 299

Propulsion Power Messages . . . 140

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 343Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Rearview MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 307Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . 195Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 76Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 344General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

RequirementsElectrical Battery Charging . . . 228

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46


Index 365

Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 332Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .64Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .62

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 344General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Safety SignalPedestrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 339Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

SeatsEasy Entry Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .52Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .52Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 89, 91SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 238Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 329Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 330Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 339

Service (cont'd)Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 216Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Special Application Services . . . . 324Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

StartRemote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Starting and Stopping theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Status ScreensCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173


366 Index

Steering (cont'd)Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Storage AreasCenter Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 94Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161, 346System OperationElectric Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

TText Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 335Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 44

Theft-Deterrent Systems (cont'd)Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . 53Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Pressure Monitor Operation . . 281Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 280Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Terminology and Definitions . . 276Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Tires (cont'd)Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 289When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 233Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 307Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 288Universal Remote System . . . . . . 150Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152


Index 367

Universal Remote System (cont'd)Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Utility Interruption ofCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Identification Number (VIN) . . . 330Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 142Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Starting and Stopping . . . . . . . . . 182Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 115Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 299

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Vehicle DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 261

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .114Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 219

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 289Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 82Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

WindshieldWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 258Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 261

Documents

Cadillac ELR Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing … · Cadillac ELR Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada-9087644) - 2016 - crc - 4/20/15 2 Introduction Introduction The names, logos,